UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, DC 20549

FORM 10-Q

 

 

x

QUARTERLY REPORT UNDER SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 For the quarterly period ended October 30, 2009

 

 

Commission File Number 1-7707

(MEDTRONIC LOGO)

MEDTRONIC, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)


 

 

 

 

 

 

Minnesota

 

41-0793183

 

 

(State of incorporation)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

 

 

 

 

Identification No.)

 

710 Medtronic Parkway
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55432
(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)

(763) 514-4000
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.      Yes    x       No    o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).
Yes        No    o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

 

 

Large accelerated filer    x

Accelerated filer    o

 

Non-accelerated filer    o

Smaller Reporting Company    o

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).
Yes    o      No    x

Shares of common stock, $.10 par value, outstanding on December 4, 2009: 1,104,651,225

 

 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

 

 

Item

 

Description

 

Page

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PART I

 

 

1.

 

Financial Statements

 

1

2.

 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

29

3.

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

 

48

4.

 

Controls and Procedures

 

49

 

 

PART II

 

 

1.

 

Legal Proceedings

 

49

1A.

 

Risk Factors

 

51

2.

 

Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds

 

51

4.

 

Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

 

52

6.

 

Exhibits

 

53



P ART I — FINANCIAL INFORMATION

I tem 1. Financial Statements

MEDTRONIC, INC.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS
(Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Three months ended

 

Six months ended

 

 

 

October 30,
2009

 

October 24,
2008

 

October 30,
2009

 

October 24,
2008

 

 

 

(in millions, except per share data)

 

Net sales

 

$

3,838

 

$

3,570

 

$

7,771

 

$

7,276

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Costs and expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of products sold

 

 

922

 

 

883

 

 

1,888

 

 

1,738

 

Research and development expense

 

 

369

 

 

326

 

 

739

 

 

650

 

Selling, general and administrative expense

 

 

1,323

 

 

1,263

 

 

2,691

 

 

2,581

 

Restructuring charges

 

 

 

 

 

 

62

 

 

96

 

Certain litigation charges, net

 

 

(70

)

 

266

 

 

374

 

 

266

 

Purchased in-process research and development (IPR&D) charges

 

 

 

 

18

 

 

 

 

18

 

Other expense, net

 

 

130

 

 

143

 

 

224

 

 

294

 

Interest expense, net

 

 

54

 

 

48

 

 

121

 

 

95

 

Total costs and expenses

 

 

2,728

 

 

2,947

 

 

6,099

 

 

5,738

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings before income taxes

 

 

1,110

 

 

623

 

 

1,672

 

 

1,538

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for income taxes

 

 

242

 

 

76

 

 

358

 

 

268

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net earnings

 

$

868

 

$

547

 

$

1,314

 

$

1,270

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic earnings per share

 

$

0.78

 

$

0.49

 

$

1.18

 

$

1.13

 

Diluted earnings per share

 

$

0.78

 

$

0.48

 

$

1.18

 

$

1.12

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic weighted average shares outstanding

 

 

1,106.8

 

 

1,124.5

 

 

1,109.7

 

 

1,124.7

 

Diluted weighted average shares outstanding

 

 

1,109.2

 

 

1,130.7

 

 

1,111.9

 

 

1,131.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash dividends declared per common share

 

$

0.205

 

$

0.188

 

$

0.410

 

$

0.376

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

1


MEDTRONIC, INC.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

October 30,
2009

 

April 24,
2009

 

 

 

(in millions, except per share data)

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

826

 

$

1,271

 

Short-term investments

 

 

716

 

 

405

 

Accounts receivable, less allowances of $68 and $61, respectively

 

 

3,232

 

 

3,123

 

Inventories

 

 

1,474

 

 

1,426

 

Deferred tax assets, net

 

 

565

 

 

605

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

499

 

 

622

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total current assets

 

 

7,312

 

 

7,452

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

 

5,151

 

 

4,887

 

Accumulated depreciation

 

 

(2,781

)

 

(2,608

)

Property, plant and equipment, net

 

 

2,370

 

 

2,279

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill

 

 

8,232

 

 

8,195

 

Other intangible assets, net

 

 

2,364

 

 

2,477

 

Long-term investments

 

 

3,751

 

 

2,769

 

Other assets

 

 

255

 

 

416

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

24,284

 

$

23,588

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short-term borrowings

 

$

1,128

 

$

522

 

Accounts payable

 

 

396

 

 

382

 

Accrued compensation

 

 

770

 

 

901

 

Accrued income taxes

 

 

119

 

 

130

 

Other accrued expenses

 

 

865

 

 

1,212

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

3,278

 

 

3,147

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term debt

 

 

6,368

 

 

6,253

 

Long-term accrued compensation and retirement benefits

 

 

360

 

 

329

 

Long-term accrued income taxes

 

 

544

 

 

475

 

Long-term deferred tax liabilities, net

 

 

37

 

 

115

 

Other long-term liabilities

 

 

89

 

 

87

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities

 

 

10,676

 

 

10,406

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 20)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock— par value $1.00

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock— par value $0.10

 

 

111

 

 

112

 

Retained earnings

 

 

13,750

 

 

13,272

 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

 

(253

)

 

(202

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

 

 

13,608

 

 

13,182

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

 

$

24,284

 

$

23,588

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

2


MEDTRONIC, INC.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Six months ended

 

 

 

October 30,
2009

 

October 24,
2008

 

 

 

(in millions)

 

Operating Activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net earnings

 

$

1,314

 

$

1,270

 

Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

372

 

 

352

 

Amortization of discount on senior convertible notes

 

 

84

 

 

76

 

IPR&D charges

 

 

 

 

18

 

Provision for doubtful accounts

 

 

19

 

 

16

 

Deferred income taxes

 

 

143

 

 

43

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

128

 

 

108

 

Excess tax benefit from exercise of stock-based awards

 

 

 

 

(26

)

Change in operating assets and liabilities, net of effect of acquisitions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

(89

)

 

270

 

Inventories

 

 

(15

)

 

(141

)

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

 

 

(74

)

 

116

 

Other operating assets and liabilities

 

 

89

 

 

(276

)

Certain litigation charges, net

 

 

374

 

 

266

 

Certain litigation payments

 

 

(939

)

 

(472

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

 

1,406

 

 

1,620

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investing Activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisitions, net of cash acquired

 

 

 

 

(29

)

Purchase of intellectual property

 

 

(40

)

 

(135

)

Additions to property, plant and equipment

 

 

(279

)

 

(263

)

Purchases of marketable securities

 

 

(2,916

)

 

(1,877

)

Sales and maturities of marketable securities

 

 

1,745

 

 

1,321

 

Other investing activities, net

 

 

(88

)

 

(5

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(1,578

)

 

(988

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financing Activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in short-term borrowings, net

 

 

618

 

 

(124

)

Payments on long-term debt

 

 

(6

)

 

(300

)

Dividends to shareholders

 

 

(455

)

 

(421

)

Issuance of common stock

 

 

103

 

 

367

 

Excess tax benefit from exercise of stock-based awards

 

 

 

 

26

 

Repurchase of common stock

 

 

(609

)

 

(639

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

 

 

(349

)

 

(1,091

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

 

 

76

 

 

(60

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

(445

)

 

(519

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

 

 

1,271

 

 

1,060

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

 

$

826

 

$

541

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental Cash Flow Information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income taxes paid

 

$

193

 

$

249

 

Interest paid

 

 

181

 

 

113

 

Supplemental Noncash Investing and Financing Activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reclassification of debentures from short-term to long-term debt

 

$

 

$

15

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

3


MEDTRONIC, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)

Note 1 – Basis of Presentation

The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (U.S.) (U.S. GAAP) for interim financial information and with the instructions to Form 10-Q and Article 10 of Regulation S-X. Accordingly, they do not include all of the information necessary for a fair presentation of results of operations, financial condition and cash flows in conformity with U.S. GAAP. In the opinion of management, the condensed consolidated financial statements reflect all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring adjustments) considered necessary for a fair presentation of the results of Medtronic, Inc. and its subsidiaries (Medtronic or the Company) for the periods presented. Operating results for interim periods are not necessarily indicative of results that may be expected for the fiscal year as a whole. The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses and the related disclosures at the date of the financial statements and during the reporting period. Actual results could materially differ from these estimates. For further information, refer to the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 24, 2009.

All prior periods presented have been retrospectively adjusted for the impact of the adoption of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) new authoritative accounting guidance for convertible debt, and guidance for determining whether instruments granted in share-based payment transactions are participating securities (see Note 3).

The Company has evaluated its subsequent events through December 9, 2009, the filing date of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended October 30, 2009.

The Company’s fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008 will end or ended on April 30, 2010, April 24, 2009 and April 25, 2008, respectively.

Note 2 – New Accounting Pronouncements

In December 2008, the FASB issued new authoritative guidance regarding employer disclosures about postretirement benefit plan assets. This new guidance requires increased disclosures about an entity’s postretirement benefit plan assets. Specifically, the new guidance requires an entity to disclose information regarding its investment policies and strategies, its categories of plan assets, its fair value measurements of plan assets and any significant concentrations of risk in plan assets. The new authoritative guidance was effective for the Company beginning in the first quarter of fiscal year 2010 but only requires the revised annual disclosures on a prospective basis. The Company will provide the additional disclosures necessary to the consolidated financial statements beginning in the Company’s fiscal year 2010 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

In October 2009, the FASB updated the revenue recognition accounting guidance relating to the accounting for revenue arrangements that involve more than one deliverable or unit of accounting. The updated guidance allows companies to allocate arrangement considerations in multiple deliverable arrangements in a manner that better reflects the economics of the transaction by revising certain thresholds for separation, and providing criteria for allocation of revenue among deliverables. The updated guidance is effective for the Company beginning in fiscal year 2012. The Company may elect to adopt the provisions prospectively to new or materially modified arrangements beginning on the effective date or retrospectively for all periods presented. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adoption of this accounting guidance on its consolidated financial statements.

Note 3 – Retrospective Adoption of Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2008, the FASB issued new authoritative accounting guidance for convertible debt. The new guidance requires the proceeds from the issuance of applicable convertible debt instruments to be allocated between a liability component (issued at a discount) and an equity component. The resulting debt discount is amortized over the period the convertible debt is expected to be outstanding as additional non-cash interest expense. The new guidance changes the accounting treatment for the Company’s $2.200 billion of 1.500 percent and $2.200 billion of 1.625 percent Senior Convertible Notes due 2011 and 2013, respectively, which were issued in April 2006 (collectively, the Senior Convertible Notes), and the $15 million remaining balance of the Company’s Contingent Convertible Debentures due 2021 (the Debentures).

The effect of the adoption of the new convertible debt authoritative guidance on the Senior Convertible Notes at April 2006 was a debt discount of $967 million and an increase of $614 million, net of tax, to shareholders’ equity.

4


The resulting debt discount for the Company’s Debentures is to be amortized over the period from the effective date, January 2005, through the first date holders of the Debentures had the ability to put them back to the Company, September 2006. Therefore, the retrospective adoption of the new convertible debt authoritative guidance for the Debentures had no impact on results of operations for periods following fiscal year 2007.

In addition, in June 2008 the FASB issued new authoritative guidance for determining whether instruments granted in share-based payment transactions are participating securities. This new guidance provides that unvested share-based payment awards that contain nonforfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents (whether paid or unpaid) are participating securities and shall be included in the computation of earnings per share (EPS) pursuant to the two-class method. The Company adopted the new guidance in the first quarter of fiscal year 2010 and was required to retrospectively adjust all prior-period EPS data. The resulting impact of the adoption of the new guidance was to include 2.8 million and 3.2 million of unvested restricted shares in the basic weighted average shares outstanding calculation for the three and six months ended October 30, 2009, respectively, and 4.1 million and 4.2 million for the three and six months ended October 24, 2008, respectively.

The following table illustrates the impact of the adoption of new authoritative accounting guidance for convertible debt and the new share-based payment authoritative guidance on certain financial statement line items in the condensed consolidated statements of earnings for the three and six months ended October 30, 2009:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Three months ended October 30, 2009

 

(in millions)

 

Previous
Method

 

Impact of New Convertible
Debt Guidance

 

Impact of New Share-Based
Payment Guidance

 

As Reported

 

Interest expense, net

 

$

13

 

$

41

 

$

 

$

54

 

Provision for income taxes

 

 

257

 

 

(15

)

 

 

 

242

 

Net earnings

 

$

894

 

$

(26

)

$

 

$

868

 

Earnings per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

0.81

 

$

(0.02

)

$

(0.01

)

$

0.78

 

Diluted

 

$

0.80

 

$

(0.02

)

$

 

$

0.78

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Six months ended October 30, 2009

 

(in millions)

 

Previous
Method

 

Impact of New Convertible
Debt Guidance

 

Impact of New Share-Based
Payment Guidance

 

As Reported

 

Interest expense, net

 

$

37

 

$

84

 

$

 

$

121

 

Provision for income taxes

 

 

388

 

 

(30

)

 

 

 

358

 

Net earnings

 

$

1,368

 

$

(54

)

$

 

$

1,314

 

Earnings per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

1.24

 

$

(0.05

)

$

(0.01

)

$

1.18

 

Diluted

 

$

1.23

 

$

(0.05

)

$

 

$

1.18

 

The following table illustrates the impact of the adoption of the new convertible debt guidance on certain financial statement line items in the condensed consolidated balance sheet as of October 30, 2009:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(in millions)

 

Previous
Method

 

Effect of Change

 

As Reported

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets (debt issuance costs)

 

$

506

 

$

(7

)

$

499

 

Long-term deferred tax assets, net

 

 

89

 

 

(89

)

 

 

Total assets

 

$

24,380

 

$

(96

)

$

24,284

 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term debt

 

$

6,802

 

$

(434

)

$

6,368

 

Long-term deferred tax liabilities, net

 

 

(24

)

 

61

 

 

37

 

Total liabilities

 

 

11,049

 

 

(373

)

 

10,676

 

Retained earnings

 

 

13,473

 

 

277

 

 

13,750

 

Total shareholders’ equity

 

 

13,331

 

 

277

 

 

13,608

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

 

$

24,380

 

$

(96

)

$

24,284

 

5


The following table illustrates the impact of the adoption of the new convertible debt guidance on certain financial statement line items in the condensed consolidated statement of cash flows for the six months ended October 30, 2009:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(in millions)

 

Previous
Method

 

Effect of Change

 

As Reported

 

Operating Activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net earnings

 

$

1,368

 

$

(54

)

$

1,314

 

Amortization of discount on senior convertible notes

 

 

 

 

84

 

 

84

 

Deferred income taxes

 

 

173

 

 

(30

)

 

143

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

$

1,406

 

$

 

$

1,406

 

The following table illustrates the impact of the adoption of the new convertible debt guidance and the new share-based payment guidance on certain financial statement line items in the condensed consolidated statements of earnings for the three and six months ended October 24, 2008:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Three months ended October 24, 2008

 

(in millions)

 

As Originally
Reported

 

Impact of New Convertible
Debt Guidance

 

Impact of New Share-Based
Payment Guidance

 

As Adjusted

 

Interest expense, net

 

$

10

 

$

38

 

$

 

$

48

 

Provision for income taxes

 

 

90

 

 

(14

)

 

 

 

76

 

Net earnings

 

$

571

 

$

(24

)

$

 

$

547

 

Earnings per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

0.51

 

$

(0.02

)

$

 

$

0.49

 

Diluted

 

$

0.51

 

$

(0.02

)

$

 

$

0.48

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Six months ended October 24, 2008

 

(in millions)

 

As Originally
Reported

 

Impact of New Convertible
Debt Guidance

 

Impact of New Share-Based
Payment Guidance

 

As Adjusted

 

Interest expense, net

 

$

19

 

$

76

 

$

 

$

95

 

Provision for income taxes

 

 

296

 

 

(28

)

 

 

 

268

 

Net earnings

 

$

1,318

 

$

(48

)

$

 

$

1,270

 

Earnings per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

1.18

 

$

(0.04

)

$

 

$

1.13

(a)

Diluted

 

$

1.17

 

$

(0.04

)

$

(0.01

)

$

1.12

 

(a) The data in this schedule has been intentionally rounded to the nearest $0.01 and therefore may not sum.

The following table illustrates the impact of the adoption of the new convertible debt guidance on certain financial statement line items in the condensed consolidated balance sheet as of April 24, 2009:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(in millions)

 

As Originally
Reported

 

Effect of Change

 

As Adjusted

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets (debt issuance costs)

 

$

630

 

$

(8

)

$

622

 

Long-term deferred tax assets, net

 

 

65

 

 

(65

)

 

 

Total assets

 

$

23,661

 

$

(73

)

$

23,588

 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term debt

 

$

6,772

 

$

(519

)

$

6,253

 

Long-term deferred tax liabilities, net

 

 

 

 

115

 

 

115

 

Total liabilities

 

 

10,810

 

 

(404

)

 

10,406

 

Retained earnings

 

 

12,941

 

 

331

 

 

13,272

 

Total shareholders’ equity

 

 

12,851

 

 

331

 

 

13,182

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

 

$

23,661

 

$

(73

)

$

23,588

 

6


The following table illustrates the impact of the adoption of the new convertible debt guidance on certain financial statement line items in the condensed consolidated statement of cash flows for the six months ended October 24, 2008:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(in millions)

 

As Originally
Reported

 

Effect of Change

 

As Adjusted

 

Operating Activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net earnings

 

$

1,318

 

$

(48

)

$

1,270

 

Amortization of discount on senior convertible notes

 

 

 

 

76

 

 

76

 

Deferred income taxes

 

 

71

 

 

(28

)

 

43

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

$

1,620

 

$

 

$

1,620

 

Note 4 – Acquisitions and IPR&D Charges

During the first quarter of fiscal year 2010, the Company adopted the new authoritative guidance related to business combinations. The new authoritative guidance establishes principles and requirements for how an acquirer recognizes and measures in its financial statements the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, any noncontrolling interests in the acquiree and the goodwill acquired. The underlying purchase method of accounting for acquisitions was retained, but the new guidance incorporates a number of changes. These changes include the capitalization of purchased in-process research and development (IPR&D), expensing of acquisition related costs and the recognition of contingent purchase price consideration at fair value at the acquisition date. In addition, changes in accounting for deferred tax asset valuation allowances and acquired income tax uncertainties after the measurement period will be recognized in earnings rather than as an adjustment to the cost of the acquisition. This accounting treatment for taxes is applicable to acquisitions consummated both prior to and subsequent to the adoption of the new authoritative guidance. The adoption of the new authoritative guidance did not change the requirement to expense IPR&D immediately with respect to asset acquisitions. With the exception of deferred tax asset valuation allowances and acquired income tax uncertainties related to previous acquisitions, this new authoritative guidance will be applied prospectively to business combinations consummated after fiscal year 2009. The adoption of the new authoritative guidance did not have a material impact on our condensed consolidated financial statements during the three and six months ended October 30, 2009.

When the Company acquires another company or a group of assets, the purchase price is allocated, as applicable, among IPR&D, other identifiable intangible assets, net tangible assets and goodwill, if any, as required by U.S. GAAP. Goodwill represents the excess of the aggregate purchase price over the fair value of net assets, including IPR&D, of acquired businesses. The values assigned to IPR&D and other identifiable intangible assets are based on valuations that have been prepared using methodologies and valuation techniques consistent with those used by independent appraisers. These techniques include estimating the future cash flows of each project or technology and discounting the net cash flows back to their present values utilizing an appropriate risk-adjusted rate of return (discount rate). The discount rate used is determined at the time of the acquisition in accordance with accepted valuation methods. For IPR&D, these methodologies include consideration of the risk of the project not achieving commercial feasibility and include a factor that takes into account the uncertainty surrounding the successful development of the IPR&D.

At the time of acquisition, the Company plans that all acquired IPR&D will reach technological feasibility, but there can be no assurance that the commercial viability of these products will actually be achieved. The nature of the efforts to develop the acquired technologies into commercially viable products consists principally of planning, designing and conducting clinical trials necessary to obtain regulatory approvals. The risks associated with achieving commercialization include, but are not limited to, delay or failure to obtain regulatory approvals to conduct clinical trials, delay or failure to obtain required market clearances, and patent issuance, validity and litigation, if any. If commercial viability were not achieved, the Company would likely look to other alternative uses for the same technology.

7


Fiscal Year 2010

In August 2009, the Company acquired certain intangible assets related to the distribution of coronary products within the CardioVascular Japan business. In connection with the acquisition, the Company recorded $29 million of intangible assets with an estimated useful life of five years.

Fiscal Year 2009

Restore Medical Acquisition

In July 2008, the Company acquired Restore Medical, Inc. (Restore). Restore’s Pillar Palatal Implant System provides the Company with a minimally invasive, implantable medical device used to treat the soft palate component of sleep breathing disorders, including mild to moderate obstructive sleep apnea and snoring. The Company accounted for the acquisition as a business combination. Restore shareholders received $1.60 per share in cash for each share of Restore common stock they owned. Total consideration for the transaction, net of cash acquired, was approximately $29 million. In connection with the acquisition of Restore, the Company acquired $17 million of technology-based intangible assets with an average estimated useful life of 10 years, $8 million of net tangible assets and $5 million of goodwill. The goodwill is not deductible for tax purposes. The pro forma impact of the Restore acquisition was not significant to the results of the Company for the three and six months ended October 24, 2008. The results of operations have been included in the Company’s consolidated statements of earnings since the date of acquisition.

Other Acquisitions and IPR&D Charges

There were no IPR&D charges for the three and six months ended October 30, 2009.

During the second quarter of fiscal year 2009, the Company recorded an IPR&D charge of $18 million related to the purchase of certain intellectual property for use in the Spinal business. These payments were expensed as IPR&D since technological feasibility of the underlying product had not yet been reached and such technology has no future alternative use.

Contingent Consideration

Certain of the Company’s business combinations or purchases of intellectual property involve the potential for the payment of future contingent consideration upon the achievement of certain product development milestones and/or various other favorable operating conditions. While it is not certain if and/or when these payments will be made, the Company has developed an estimate of the maximum undiscounted potential contingent consideration for each of its acquisitions with an outstanding potential obligation. At October 30, 2009, the estimated maximum potential amount of undiscounted future contingent consideration that the Company could be required to make associated with all business combinations or purchases of intellectual property is approximately $412 million. The milestones associated with the contingent consideration must be reached in future periods ranging from fiscal years 2011 to 2016 in order for the consideration to be paid.

Note 5 – Certain Litigation Charges, Net

The Company classifies material litigation reserves and gains recognized as certain litigation charges, net.

During the three months ended October 30, 2009, the Company recorded and received a certain litigation gain of $70 million related to the resolution of outstanding patent litigation with W.L. Gore & Associates, Inc. (Gore) for selected patents in Medtronic’s Jervis and Wiktor patent families. The terms of the agreement stipulate that neither party will sue each other in the defined field of use, subject to certain conditions. Medtronic granted Gore a worldwide, irrevocable, non-exclusive license in the defined field of use. In addition and subject to certain conditions, Gore will pay Medtronic a quarterly payment beginning in January 2010 through the fiscal quarter ending October 2018.

During the first quarter of fiscal year 2010, the Company recorded certain litigation charges of $444 million related to the global resolution of all outstanding intellectual property litigation with Abbott Laboratories (Abbott). The terms of the agreement stipulate that neither party will sue each other in the field of coronary stent and stent delivery systems for a period of at least 10 years, subject to certain conditions. Both parties also agreed to a cross-license of the disputed patents within the defined field. The $444 million settlement amount includes a $400 million payment made to Abbott and a $42 million success payment made to evYsio Medical Devices, LLC (evYsio). In addition, a $2 million payment was made to evYsio in connection with an amendment to the parties’ existing agreement in order to expand the scope of the definition of the license field from evYsio.

8


During the three and six months ended October 24, 2008, the Company incurred certain litigation charges of $266 million. Of the amount recorded, $229 million relates to litigation with Cordis Corporation (Cordis), a subsidiary of Johnson & Johnson (J&J). The Cordis litigation originated in October 1997 and pertains to patent infringement claims on previous generations of bare metal stents that are no longer on the market. In September 2008, the U.S. District Court entered final judgment including accrued interest, totaling approximately $521 million, to Cordis. The Company had previously recorded a charge of $243 million related to this litigation in the third quarter of fiscal year 2008. At the time the $243 million charge was recorded, the range of potential loss related to this matter was subject to a high degree of estimation. The amount recorded represented an estimate of the low end of the range of probable outcomes related to the matter. Given that the Company and J&J are involved in a number of litigation matters which span across businesses, the Company entered into negotiations with J&J in an attempt to settle some of the additional litigation simultaneous with the payment of this judgment. Ultimately, the agreement reached with Cordis required a total cash payment of $472 million, which included the settlement of several outstanding legal matters between the parties. The charge of $229 million in the six months ended October 24, 2008 is the net result of $472 million in cash payments, offset by the existing reserves on the balance sheet including interest accrued on the $243 million since the date established.

The remainder of the certain litigation charge of $37 million relates to costs for the settlement of litigation that originated in May 2006 with Fastenetix LLC (Fastenetix), a patent holding company. The litigation related to an alleged breach of a royalty agreement in the Spinal business. The agreement reached with Fastenetix required a total cash payment of $125 million for the settlement of ongoing litigation and the purchase of patents. Of the $125 million, $37 million was assigned to past damages in the case and the remaining $88 million was recorded as purchased intellectual property that has an estimated useful life of 7 years. As of October 24, 2008, all of these amounts had been paid.

Note 6 – Restructuring Charges

Fiscal Year 2009 Initiative

In the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2009, the Company recorded a $34 million restructuring charge, which consisted of employee termination costs of $29 million and asset write-downs of $5 million. As part of the Company’s “One Medtronic” strategy, the Company continued to pursue opportunities to streamline the organization and standardize or centralize certain functional activities which were not unique to individual businesses. In connection with these efforts to create “One Medtronic,” this initiative was designed to streamline operations, by further consolidating manufacturing and eliminating certain non-core product lines, and to further align resources around the Company’s higher growth opportunities. This initiative impacted most businesses and certain corporate functions. Of the $5 million of asset write-downs, $3 million related to inventory write-offs and production-related asset impairments and therefore was recorded within cost of products sold in the consolidated statement of earnings. The employee termination costs of $29 million consisted of severance and the associated costs of continued medical benefits and outplacement services.

As a continuation of the fiscal year 2009 initiative, in the first quarter of fiscal year 2010, the Company incurred $72 million of incremental restructuring charges, which consisted of employee termination costs of $62 million and asset write-downs of $10 million. Of the $10 million of asset write-downs, $7 million related to inventory write-offs and production-related asset impairments and therefore was recorded within cost of products sold in the condensed consolidated statement of earnings. Included in the $62 million restructuring charge is $9 million of incremental defined benefit pension and post-retirement related expenses for those employees who accepted early retirement packages. These costs are not included in the table summarizing restructuring costs below because they are associated with costs that are accounted for under the pension and post-retirement rules. For further discussion on the incremental defined benefit pension and post-retirement related expenses, see Note 19.

There were no restructuring charges in the second quarter of fiscal year 2010.

In connection with the fiscal year 2009 restructuring initiative, as of the end of the first quarter of fiscal year 2010, the Company had identified approximately 1,500 positions for elimination which will be achieved through early retirement packages offered to employees, voluntary separation and involuntary separation. Of the 1,500 positions identified, approximately 1,100 positions have been eliminated as of October 30, 2009. The restructuring initiatives are scheduled to be substantially complete by the end of the first quarter of fiscal year 2011.

9


A summary of the activity related to the fiscal year 2009 initiative is presented below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal Year 2009 Initiative

 

(in millions)

 

Employee
Termination
Costs

 

Asset
Write-downs

 

Total

 

Balance at April 25, 2008

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Restructuring charges

 

 

29

 

 

5

 

 

34

 

Payments/write-downs

 

 

(1

)

 

(5

)

 

(6

)

Balance at April 24, 2009

 

$

28

 

$

 

$

28 

 

Restructuring charges

 

 

53

 

 

10

 

 

63

 

Payments/write-downs

 

 

(19

)

 

(10

)

 

(29

)

Balance at July 31, 2009

 

$

62

 

$

 

$

62

 

Payments/write-downs

 

 

(21

)

 

 

 

(21

)

Balance at October 30, 2009

 

$

41

 

$

 

$

41

 

Global Realignment Initiative

In the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2008, the Company began a global realignment initiative which focused on shifting resources to those areas where the Company has the greatest opportunities for growth and streamlining operations to drive operating leverage. The global realignment initiative impacted most businesses and certain corporate functions. Within the Company’s Cardiac Rhythm Disease Management (CRDM) business, the Company reduced research and development infrastructure by closing a facility outside the U.S., reprioritizing research and development projects to focus on the core business and consolidating manufacturing operations to drive operating leverage. Within the Company’s Spinal business, the Company reorganized and consolidated certain activities where Medtronic’s existing infrastructure, resources and systems could be leveraged to obtain greater operational synergies. The global realignment initiative was also designed to further consolidate manufacturing of CardioVascular products, streamline distribution of products in select businesses and to reduce general and administrative costs in the Company’s corporate functions.

In the first quarter of fiscal year 2009, as a continuation of the global realignment initiative, the Company incurred $96 million of incremental restructuring charges.

In the first quarter of fiscal year 2010, the Company recorded an $8 million reversal of excess reserves primarily as a result of favorable severance negotiations as well as a higher than expected percentage of employees identified for elimination finding positions elsewhere in the Company. This $8 million reversal of excess reserves was partially offset by a $5 million charge the Company recorded in the first quarter of fiscal year 2010 related to the further write-down of a non-inventory related asset resulting from the continued decline in the international real estate market.

In connection with the global realignment initiative, as of the end of the first quarter of fiscal year 2009, the Company identified approximately 900 positions for elimination which were achieved through both voluntary and involuntary separation. As of October 30, 2009, the global realignment initiative was substantially complete.

A summary of the activity related to the global realignment initiative is presented below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Global Realignment Initiative

 

(in millions)

 

Employee
Termination
Costs

 

Asset
Write-downs

 

Total

 

Balance at April 24, 2009

 

$

15

 

$

 

$

15

 

Restructuring charges

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

5

 

Reversal of excess accrual

 

 

(8

)

 

 

 

(8

)

Payments/write-downs

 

 

(3

)

 

(5

)

 

(8

)

Currency adjustment, net

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

1

 

Balance at July 31, 2009

 

$

5

 

$

 

$

5

 

Payments/write-downs

 

 

(6

)

 

 

 

(6

)

Currency adjustment, net

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

1

 

Balance at October 30, 2009

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

10


Note 7 – Investments

In April 2009, the FASB issued new authoritative guidance for the recognition and presentation of other-than-temporary impairments, which amended the existing guidance on determining whether an impairment for investments in debt securities is other-than-temporary as well as requiring additional annual and interim disclosures. Under the new guidance, impairment on debt securities will be considered other-than-temporary if the Company (1) intends to sell the security, (2) more likely than not will be required to sell the security before recovering its costs or (3) does not expect to recover the security’s fair value versus its amortized cost basis. The new guidance further indicates that, depending on which of the above factor(s) causes the impairment to be considered other-than-temporary, (1) the entire shortfall of the security’s fair value versus its amortized cost basis or (2) only the credit loss portion would be recognized in earnings while the remaining shortfall would be recognized in other comprehensive income. The new guidance requires the Company to initially apply the provisions of the standard to previously other-than-temporary impaired debt securities existing as of the date of initial adoption by making a cumulative-effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings in the period of adoption. The cumulative-effect adjustment reclassifies the non-credit portion of a previously other-than-temporarily impaired debt security held as of the date of initial adoption from retained earnings to accumulated other comprehensive income. The new guidance was effective for the Company in the first quarter of fiscal year 2010 and resulted in a cumulative-effect adjustment of $3 million as of April 25, 2009.

Information regarding the Company’s short-term and long-term investments at October 30, 2009 is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(in millions)

 

Cost

 

Unrealized
Gains

 

Unrealized
Losses

 

Fair Value

 

Corporate debt securities

 

$

1,286

 

$

15

 

$

(14

)

$

1,287

 

Auction rate securities

 

 

195

 

 

 

 

(53

)

 

142

 

Mortgage backed securities

 

 

734

 

 

9

 

 

(27

)

 

716

 

Government and agency securities

 

 

1,424

 

 

9

 

 

(1

)

 

1,432

 

Certificates of deposit

 

 

74

 

 

 

 

 

 

74

 

Other asset backed securities

 

 

263

 

 

3

 

 

(6

)

 

260

 

Marketable equity securities

 

 

12

 

 

6

 

 

 

 

18

 

Cost method, equity method and other investments

 

 

538

 

 

 

 

 

 

538

 

Total short-term and long-term investments

 

$

4,526

 

$

42

 

$

(101

)

$

4,467 

 

Information regarding the Company’s short-term and long-term investments at April 24, 2009 is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(in millions)

 

Cost

 

Unrealized
Gains

 

Unrealized
Losses

 

Fair Value

 

Corporate debt securities

 

$

817

 

$

8

 

$

(20

)

$

805

 

Auction rate securities

 

 

199

 

 

 

 

(80

)

 

119

 

Mortgage backed securities

 

 

789

 

 

9

 

 

(52

)

 

746

 

Government and agency securities

 

 

693

 

 

5

 

 

(1

)

 

697

 

Certificates of deposit

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

Other asset backed securities

 

 

297

 

 

3

 

 

(22

)

 

278

 

Marketable equity securities

 

 

12

 

 

 

 

 

 

12

 

Cost method, equity method and other investments

 

 

515

 

 

 

 

 

 

515

 

Total short-term and long-term investments

 

$

3,324

 

$

25

 

$

(175

)

$

3,174

 

The following table shows the gross unrealized losses and fair values of the Company’s investments in individual securities that have been in a continuous unrealized loss position deemed to be temporary for less than 12 months and for more than 12 months, aggregated by investment category as of October 30, 2009:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less than 12 months

 

More than 12 months

 

(in millions)

 

Fair Value

 

Unrealized
Losses

 

Fair Value

 

Unrealized
Losses

 

Corporate debt securities

 

$

173

 

$

(1

)

$

58

 

$

(13

)

Auction rate securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

142

 

 

(53

)

Mortgage backed securities

 

 

117

 

 

(4

)

 

116

 

 

(23

)

Government and agency securities

 

 

216

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

Other asset backed securities

 

 

18

 

 

 

 

34

 

 

(6

)

Total short-term and long-term investments

 

$

524

 

$

(6

)

$

350

 

$

(95

)

11


The Company’s investments in marketable debt securities detailed above are classified and accounted for as available-for-sale and include corporate debt securities, government and agency securities, certificates of deposit and mortgage backed and other asset backed securities including auction rate securities. Market conditions during the second quarter of fiscal year 2010 and subsequent to the Company’s quarter-end continue to indicate uncertainty on the part of investors on the economic outlook for the U.S. This uncertainty has created reduced liquidity across the fixed income investment market, including certain securities in which the Company has invested. As a result, some of the Company’s investments have experienced reduced liquidity including unsuccessful monthly auctions for auction rate security holdings. At October 30, 2009, the Company concluded that the unrealized losses associated with the remaining securities were not other-than-temporary as the Company does not have the intent to sell, nor is it more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell, before recovery of the amortized cost.

Activity related to the Company’s short-term and long-term investment portfolio is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Three months ended

 

 

 

October 30, 2009

 

October 24, 2008

 

(in millions)

 

Debt (a)

 

Equity (b)

 

Debt (a)

 

Equity (b)

 

Proceeds from sales

 

$

885

 

$

 

$

763

 

$

 

Gross realized gains

 

$

13

 

$

 

$

5

 

$

 

Gross realized losses

 

$

(2

)

$

 

$

(3

)

$

 

Impairment losses recognized

 

$

(3

)

$

 

$

(18

)

$

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Six months ended

 

 

 

October 30, 2009

 

October 24, 2008

 

 

 

Debt (a)

 

Equity (b)

 

Debt (a)

 

Equity (b)

 

Proceeds from sales

 

$

1,745

 

$

 

$

1,321

 

$

 

Gross realized gains

 

$

27

 

$

 

$

6

 

$

 

Gross realized losses

 

$

(3

)

$

 

$

(5

)

$

 

Impairment losses recognized

 

$

(10

)

$

(3

)

$

(21

)

$

(2

)

(a) Includes available-for-sale (AFS) debt securities.

(b) Includes marketable equity securities, cost method, equity method and other investments.

The total other-than-temporary impairment losses on AFS debt securities for the three and six months ended October 30, 2009 was $15 million and $27 million, respectively, of which $12 million and $17 million, respectively, was recognized in other comprehensive income resulting in $3 million and $10 million, respectively, of charges being recognized in earnings. These charges relate to credit losses on certain mortgage backed securities and auction rate securities. The amount of credit losses represents the difference between the present value of cash flows expected to be collected on these securities and the amortized cost. Based on the Company’s assessment of the credit quality of the underlying collateral and credit support available to each of the remaining securities in which invested, the Company believes it has recorded all necessary other-than-temporary impairments as the Company does not have the intent to sell, nor is it more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell before recovery of the amortized cost. For additional discussion, see the “Liquidity and Capital Resources” section of management’s discussion and analysis. 

The following table shows the credit loss portion of other-than-temporary impairments on debt securities held by the Company as of the dates indicated and the corresponding changes in such amounts:

 

 

 

 

 

(in millions)

 

 

 

 

Balance at April 24, 2009

 

$

 

Credit losses remaining in retained earnings upon adoption

 

 

4

 

Credit losses recognized on securities previously not impaired

 

 

7

 

Balance at July 31, 2009

 

$

11

 

Additional credit losses recognized on securities previously impaired

 

 

2

 

Credit losses recognized on securities previously not impaired

 

 

1

 

Balance at October 30, 2009

 

$

14

 

12


The October 30, 2009 balance of AFS debt securities by contractual maturity is shown in the following table at fair value. Within the table, maturities of mortgage backed securities have been allocated based upon timing of estimated cash flows, assuming no change in the current interest rate environment. Actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities because the issuers of the securities may have the right to prepay obligations without prepayment penalties.

 

 

 

 

 

(in millions)

 

October 30,
2009 

 

Due in one year or less

 

$

1,044

 

Due after one year through five years

 

 

2,686

 

Due after five years through ten years

 

 

27

 

Due after ten years

 

 

154

 

Total debt securities

 

$

3,911

 

As of October 30, 2009 and April 24, 2009, the aggregate carrying amount of equity and other securities without a quoted market price and accounted for using the cost or equity method was $538 million and $515 million, respectively. The total carrying value of these investments is reviewed quarterly for changes in circumstance or the occurrence of events that suggest the Company’s investment may not be recoverable. The fair value of cost or equity method investments is not adjusted if there are no identified events or changes in circumstances that may have a material adverse effect on the fair value of the investment.

Gains and losses recognized on debt instruments are recorded in interest expense, net in the condensed consolidated statements of earnings. Gains and losses recognized on equity instruments are recorded in other expense, net in the condensed consolidated statements of earnings. Gains and losses from the sale of investments are calculated based on the specific identification method.

Note 8 – Fair Value Measurements

Assets and Liabilities That Are Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

Effective the first day of the Company’s fiscal year 2009, the Company adopted the authoritative guidance for fair value measurements. This authoritative guidance is principally applied to financial assets and liabilities such as marketable equity securities and debt securities that are classified and accounted for as available-for-sale, and derivative instruments. Derivatives include cash flow hedges, freestanding derivative forward contracts, net investment hedges and interest rate swaps. These items were previously and will continue to be marked-to-market at each reporting period; however, the definition of fair value is now applied using the new authoritative guidance for fair value measurements. The information in the following paragraphs and tables primarily addresses matters relative to these financial assets and liabilities. Separately, there were no material fair value measurements with respect to nonfinancial assets or liabilities that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the Company’s financial statements on a recurring basis subsequent to the effective date of this authoritative guidance.

The following tables provide information by level for assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair Value
at
October 30, 2009

 

Fair Value Measurements
Using Inputs Considered as

 

 

 

 

 

(in millions)

 

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate debt securities

 

$

1,287

 

$

10

 

$

1,259

 

$

18

 

Auction rate securities

 

 

142

 

 

 

 

 

 

142

 

Mortgage backed securities

 

 

716

 

 

 

 

676

 

 

40

 

Government and agency securities

 

 

1,432

 

 

376

 

 

1,056

 

 

 

Certificates of deposit

 

 

74

 

 

 

 

74

 

 

 

Other asset backed securities

 

 

260

 

 

 

 

242

 

 

18

 

Marketable equity securities

 

 

18

 

 

18

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative assets

 

 

94

 

 

84

 

 

10

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

4,023

 

$

488

 

$

3,317

 

$

218

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative liabilities

 

$

130

 

$

130

 

$

 

$

 

Total liabilities

 

$

130

 

$

130

 

$

 

$

 

13


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair Value
at
April 24, 2009

 

Fair Value Measurements
Using Inputs Considered as

 

 

 

 

 

(in millions)

 

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate debt securities

 

$

805

 

$

8

 

$

771

 

$

26

 

Auction rate securities

 

 

119

 

 

 

 

 

 

119

 

Mortgage backed securities

 

 

746

 

 

 

 

709

 

 

37

 

Government and agency securities

 

 

697

 

 

174

 

 

523

 

 

 

Certificates of deposit

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

Other asset backed securities

 

 

278

 

 

 

 

255

 

 

23

 

Marketable equity securities

 

 

12

 

 

12

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative assets

 

 

436

 

 

436

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

3,095

 

$

630

 

$

2,260

 

$

205

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative liabilities

 

$

31

 

$

31

 

$

 

$

 

Total liabilities

 

$

31

 

$

31

 

$

 

$

 

Level 3 Valuation Techniques

Financial assets are considered Level 3 when their fair values are determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies or similar techniques and at least one significant model assumption or input is unobservable. Level 3 financial assets also include certain investment securities for which there is limited market activity such that the determination of fair value requires significant judgment or estimation. Level 3 investment securities primarily include certain corporate debt securities, auction rate securities, certain mortgage backed securities and certain asset backed securities for which there was a decrease in the observability of market pricing for these investments. At October 30, 2009, these securities were valued primarily using broker pricing models that incorporate transaction details such as contractual terms, maturity, timing and amount of future cash flows, as well as assumptions about liquidity and credit valuation adjustments of marketplace participants at October 30, 2009.

The following table provides a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of items measured at fair value on a recurring basis in the table above that used significant unobservable inputs (Level 3).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Three months ended

 

(in millions)

 

October 30, 2009

 

October 24, 2008

 

Beginning Balance

 

$

224

 

$

286 

 

Total realized losses and other-than temporary impairment losses included in earnings

 

 

(2

)

 

(19

)

Total unrealized gains/(losses) included in other comprehensive income

 

 

(1

)

 

(47

)

Net purchases, issuances, and settlements

 

 

(3

)

 

(37

)

Net transfers in (out) of Level 3

 

 

 

 

58 

 

Ending Balance

 

$

218

 

$

241 

 

14


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Six months ended

 

(in millions)

 

October 30, 2009

 

October 24, 2008

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning Balance

 

$

205

 

$

448

 

Total realized losses and other-than temporary impairment losses included in earnings

 

 

(6

)

 

(22

)

Total unrealized gains/(losses) included in other comprehensive income

 

 

44

 

 

(54

)

Net purchases, issuances, and settlements

 

 

(25

)

 

(189

)

Net transfers in (out) of Level 3

 

 

 

 

58

 

Ending Balance

 

$

218

 

$

241

 

Realized gains or losses are included in interest expense, net in the condensed consolidated statements of earnings.

Assets and Liabilities that are Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis

The Company had no financial assets or liabilities that are measured on a nonrecurring basis subsequent to their initial recognition during the six months ended October 30, 2009.

Non-financial assets such as goodwill, intangible assets and property, plant and equipment are measured at fair value when there is an indicator of impairment and recorded at fair value only when an impairment is recognized. No impairments existed as of October 30, 2009.

Financial Instruments Not Measured at Fair Value

The estimated fair value of the Company’s long-term debt at October 30, 2009 was $6.819 billion compared to a carrying value of $6.725 billion and $6.375 billion compared to a carrying value of $6.665 billion at April 24, 2009. Fair value was estimated using quoted market prices. The fair values and carrying values consider the terms of the related debt and exclude the impacts of debt discounts and derivative/hedging activity.

Note 9 – Financing Arrangements

Senior Convertible Notes

In April 2006, the Company issued $2.200 billion of 1.500 percent Senior Convertible Notes due 2011 and $2.200 billion of 1.625 percent Senior Convertible Notes due 2013 (collectively, the Senior Convertible Notes). The Senior Convertible Notes were issued at par and pay interest in cash semi-annually in arrears on April 15 and October 15 of each year. The Senior Convertible Notes are unsecured, unsubordinated obligations and rank equally with all other unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness.

Concurrent with the issuance of the Senior Convertible Notes, the Company purchased call options on its common stock in private transactions. The call options allow the Company to receive shares of the Company’s common stock and/or cash from counterparties equal to the amounts of common stock and/or cash related to the excess conversion value that it would pay to the holders of the Senior Convertible Notes upon conversion.

In separate transactions, the Company sold warrants to issue shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of $76.56 per share in private transactions. Pursuant to these transactions, warrants for 41 million shares of the Company’s common stock may be settled over a specified period beginning in July 2011 and warrants for 41 million shares of the Company’s common stock may be settled over a specified period beginning in July 2013.

In June 2008, the FASB issued new authoritative guidance on determining whether an instrument (or embedded feature) is indexed to an entity’s own stock. This new authoritative guidance provides guidance for determining whether an equity-linked financial instrument (or embedded feature) is indexed to an entity’s own stock and classified in shareholders’ equity or whether it should be bifurcated and classified as a separate asset or liability and marked-to-market through earnings. The Company adopted this new authoritative guidance in the first quarter of fiscal year 2010. In applying this guidance, the Company concluded that the purchased call options and sold warrants were indexed to its own stock and should continue to be classified in shareholders’ equity; thus consistent with prior periods, the existing guidance for accounting for derivative financial instruments indexed to and potentially settled in, a company’s own stock would still apply.

15


Under this existing guidance, the notes are accounted for as a combined instrument because the conversion spread meets the requirements to not be separated as a derivative.

Existing guidance provides that contracts are initially classified as equity if (1) the contract requires physical settlement or net-share settlement, or (2) the contract gives the Company a choice of net-cash settlement or settlement in its own shares (physical settlement or net-share settlement). The settlement terms of the Company’s purchased call options and sold warrant contracts provide for net cash settlement for the particular contract or net share settlement, depending on the method of settlement, as discussed above, which is at the option of the Company. Based on existing guidance, the purchased call option contracts were recorded as a reduction of equity and the warrants were recorded as an addition to equity as of the trade date. Existing guidance states that a reporting entity shall not consider contracts to be derivative instruments if the contract issued or held by the reporting entity is both indexed to its own stock and classified in shareholders’ equity in its statement of financial position. The Company concluded the purchased call option contracts and the warrant contracts should be accounted for in shareholders’ equity.

Effective the first day of the Company’s fiscal year 2010, the Company accounted for the Senior Convertible Notes in accordance with the new authoritative guidance for convertible debt. The new guidance requires the proceeds from the issuance of the Senior Convertible Notes to be allocated between a liability component (issued at a discount) and an equity component. The resulting debt discount is amortized over the period the Senior Convertible Notes are expected to be outstanding as additional non-cash interest expense. This change in accounting for the Senior Convertible Notes has been applied to the Company’s prior period financial statements on a retrospective basis, as required by the new guidance. For additional information on the impact of this change to the Company’s financial statements, refer to Note 3.

The following table provides equity and debt information for the Senior Convertible Notes under the convertible debt guidance.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Senior Convertible Notes due 2011

 

Senior Convertible Notes due 2013

 

(in millions)

 

October 30,
2009

 

April 24,
2009

 

October 30,
2009

 

April 24,
2009

 

Carrying amount of the equity component

 

$

420

 

$

420

 

$

547

 

$

547

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Principal amount of the Senior Convertible Notes

 

$

2,200

 

$

2,200

 

$

2,200

 

$

2,200

 

Unamortized discount

 

 

(135

)

 

(181

)

 

(298

)

 

(338

)

Net carrying amount

 

$

2,065

 

$

2,019

 

$

1,902

 

$

1,862

 

At October 30, 2009, the unamortized balance of the debt discount will be amortized over the remaining life of the Senior Convertible Notes, which is approximately two years for the 2011 Senior Convertible Notes and four years for the 2013 Senior Convertible Notes. The following table provides interest rate and interest expense amounts related to the Senior Convertible Notes.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Senior Convertible Notes due 2011

 

Senior Convertible Notes due 2013

 

 

 

Three months ended

 

Three months ended

 

(in millions)

 

October 30,
2009

 

October 24,
2008

 

October 30,
2009

 

October 24,
2008

 

Effective interest rate

 

 

5.97

%

 

5.97

%

 

6.03

%

 

6.03

%

Interest cost related to contractual interest coupon

 

$

8

 

$

8

 

$

9

 

$

9

 

Interest cost related to amortization of the discount

 

$

22

 

$

21

 

$

19

 

$

18

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Senior Convertible Notes due 2011

 

Senior Convertible Notes due 2013

 

 

 

Six months ended

 

Six months ended

 

(in millions)

 

October 30,
2009

 

October 24,
2008

 

October 30,
2009

 

October 24,
2008

 

Effective interest rate

 

 

5.97

%

 

5.97

%

 

6.03

%

 

6.03

%

Interest cost related to contractual interest coupon

 

$

17

 

$

16

 

$

19

 

$

18

 

Interest cost related to amortization of the discount

 

$

45

 

$

42

 

$

40

 

$

36

 

16


Senior Notes

In March 2009, the Company issued three tranches of Senior Notes (New Senior Notes) with the aggregate face value of $1.250 billion. The first tranche consisted of $550 million of 4.500 percent Senior Notes due 2014, the second tranche consisted of $400 million of 5.600 percent Senior Notes due 2019 and the third tranche consisted of $300 million of 6.500 percent Senior Notes due 2039. The first tranche was issued at par, the second tranche was issued at a discount, which resulted in an effective interest rate of 5.609 percent and the third tranche was issued at a discount, which resulted in an effective interest rate of 6.519 percent. Interest on each series of New Senior Notes is payable semi-annually, on March 15 and September 15, commencing September 15, 2009. The New Senior Notes are unsecured senior obligations of the Company and rank equally with all other unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness of the Company. The indentures under which the New Senior Notes were issued contain customary covenants. The Company used the net proceeds from the sale of the New Senior Notes for repayment of a portion of its commercial paper and for general corporate uses.

In September 2005, the Company issued two tranches of Senior Notes with the aggregate face value of $1.000 billion. The first tranche consisted of $400 million of 4.375 percent Senior Notes due 2010 and the second tranche consisted of $600 million of 4.750 percent Senior Notes due 2015. Each tranche was issued at a discount which resulted in an effective interest rate of 4.433 percent and 4.760 percent for the five and ten year Senior Notes, respectively. Interest on each series of Senior Notes is payable semi-annually, on March 15 and September 15. The Senior Notes are unsecured, unsubordinated obligations of the Company and rank equally with all other unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness of the Company. The indentures under which Senior Notes were issued contain customary covenants. The Company used the net proceeds from the sale of the Senior Notes for repayment of a portion of its commercial paper.

In June 2009, the Company entered into two five year fixed-to-floating interest rate swap agreements with notional amounts of $150 million each. These interest rate swap agreements were designated as fair value hedges of the fixed interest rate obligation under the Company’s existing $550 million 4.500 percent Senior Notes due 2014. On the first interest rate swap agreement, the Company pays variable interest equal to the one-month London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) plus 134.00 basis points and it receives a fixed interest rate of 4.500 percent. For the second interest rate swap agreement, the Company pays variable interest equal to the one-month LIBOR plus 137.25 basis points and it receives a fixed interest rate of 4.500 percent. The outstanding market value of these swap agreements is a $9 million unrealized gain at October 30, 2009 which is recorded in long-term debt with the offset recorded in other assets on the condensed consolidated balance sheet.

Contingent Convertible Debentures

As of October 30, 2009 and April 24, 2009, the Company has $15 million remaining in aggregate principal amount of 1.250 percent Contingent Convertible Debentures, Series B due 2021 (the Debentures) outstanding. Interest is payable semi-annually. Each Debenture is convertible into shares of common stock at an initial conversion price of $61.81 per share; however, the Debentures are not convertible before their final maturity unless the closing price of our common stock reaches 110 percent of the conversion price for 20 trading days during a consecutive 30 trading day period. Upon conversion of the Debentures, the Company will pay holders cash equal to the lesser of the principal amount of the Debentures or their conversion value, and shares of the Company’s common stock to the extent the conversion value exceeds the principal amount of the Debentures. The Company may be required to repurchase the remaining Debentures at the option of the holders in September 2011 or 2016. For put options exercised by the holders of the Debentures, the purchase price is equal to the principal amount of the applicable debenture plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the repurchase date. If the put option is exercised, the Company will pay holders the repurchase price solely in cash. The Company can redeem the Debentures for cash at any time.

Commercial Paper

The Company maintains a commercial paper program that allows the Company to have a maximum of $2.250 billion in commercial paper outstanding, with maturities up to 364 days from the date of issuance. As of October 30, 2009 and April 24, 2009, outstanding commercial paper totaled $1.003 billion and $385 million, respectively. During the three and six months ended October 30, 2009, the weighted average original maturity of the commercial paper outstanding is approximately 64 days and 55 days, respectively, and the weighted average interest rate is 0.23 percent and 0.24 percent, respectively. The issuance of commercial paper reduces the amount of credit available under the Company’s existing lines of credit.

Bank Borrowings

Bank borrowings consist primarily of borrowings from non-U.S. banks at interest rates considered favorable by management and where natural hedges can be gained for foreign exchange purposes.

17


Lines of Credit

The Company has existing unsecured lines of credit of approximately $2.859 billion with various banks at October 30, 2009. The existing lines of credit include a five-year $1.750 billion syndicated credit facility dated December 20, 2006 that will expire on December 20, 2011 (Credit Facility). The Credit Facility provides backup funding for the commercial paper program and may also be used for general corporate purposes. The Credit Facility provides the Company with the ability to increase its capacity by an additional $500 million at any time during the life of the five-year term of the agreement.

As of October 30, 2009 and April 24, 2009, the Company has unused lines of credit and commercial paper capacity of approximately $2.230 billion and $2.799 billion, respectively.

Interest rates on these borrowings are determined by a pricing matrix, based on the Company’s long-term debt ratings, assigned by Standard and Poor’s Ratings Group and Moody’s Investors Service. Facility fees are payable on the credit facilities and are determined in the same manner as the interest rates.

Note 10 – Derivatives and Foreign Exchange Risk Management

The Company uses operational and economic hedges, as well as forward exchange derivative contracts and interest rate derivative instruments to manage the impact of foreign exchange and interest rate changes on earnings and cash flows. The gross notional amount of all derivative contracts outstanding at October 30, 2009 and April 24, 2009 was $6.101 billion and $5.296 billion, respectively. In order to reduce the uncertainty of foreign exchange rate movements, the Company enters into derivative instruments, primarily forward exchange contracts, to manage its exposure related to foreign exchange rate changes. These contracts are designed to hedge anticipated foreign currency transactions and changes in the value of specific assets, liabilities, net investments and probable commitments. At inception of the forward contract, the derivative is designated as either a freestanding derivative, net investment hedge or cash flow hedge. Principal currencies hedged are the Euro and the Japanese Yen. The Company does not enter into forward exchange derivative contracts for speculative purposes. The gross notional amount of forward exchange derivative contracts outstanding at October 30, 2009 and April 24, 2009 was $5.801 billion and $5.296 billion, respectively. The aggregate foreign currency gains/(losses) were $15 million and $(42) million for the three months ended October 30, 2009 and October 24, 2008, respectively. The aggregate foreign currency gains/(losses) were $55 million and $(106) million for the six months ended October 30, 2009 and October 24, 2008, respectively. These gains/(losses) represent the net impact to the condensed consolidated statements of earnings for the derivative instruments presented below offset by remeasurement gains/(losses) on foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities.

The information that follows explains the various types of derivatives and financial instruments used by the Company, how and why the Company uses such instruments, how such instruments are accounted for and how such instruments impact the Company’s condensed consolidated balance sheets and statements of earnings.

Freestanding Derivative Forward Contracts

Freestanding derivative forward contracts are used to offset the Company’s exposure to the change in value of certain foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities. These derivatives are not designated as hedges, and therefore, changes in the value of these forward contracts are recognized currently in earnings, thereby offsetting the current earnings effect of the related foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities. The cash flows from these contracts are reported as operating activities in the consolidated statements of cash flows. The gross notional amount of these contracts, not designated as hedging instruments, outstanding at October 30, 2009 was $1.349 billion.

The amount of losses and location of the losses in the condensed consolidated statements of earnings related to derivative instruments not designated as hedging instruments were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Three months ended
October 30, 2009
(in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments

Location

 

Amount

 

 

Foreign exchange contracts

 

Other expense, net

 

$

(39

)

18


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Six months ended
October 30, 2009
(in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments

 

Location

 

Amount

 

 

Foreign exchange contracts

 

Other expense, net

 

$

(134

)

Net Investment Hedges

Net investment hedges are used to hedge the long-term investment (equity) in foreign operations. For hedges that meet effectiveness requirements, the net gains/(losses) related to changes in the current rates, or spot rates, are recorded as a cumulative translation adjustment, a component of accumulated other comprehensive (loss)/ income (AOCI) on the consolidated balance sheets. Net gains/(losses) associated with changes in forward rates of the contracts are reflected in other expense , net in the consolidated statements of earnings. Recognition in earnings of amounts previously recorded as a cumulative translation adjustment is limited to circumstances such as complete or substantially complete liquidation of the long-term investment (equity) in foreign operations. The cash flows from these contracts are reported as investing activities in the consolidated statements of cash flows. As of October 30, 2009, there were no open net investment hedge contracts. For the three and six months ended October 30, 2009, there were no reclassifications of the effective portion of net investment hedges out of AOCI into income; therefore, consistent with the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2009, $27 million in gains remained in cumulative translation within AOCI.

Cash Flow Hedges

Forward contracts designated as cash flow hedges are designed to hedge the variability of cash flows associated with forecasted transactions, denominated in a foreign currency that will take place in the future. For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as a cash flow hedge, the effective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative is reported as a component of AOCI and reclassified into earnings in the same period or periods during which the hedged transaction affects earnings. No gains or losses relating to ineffectiveness of cash flow hedges were recognized in earnings during the three and six months ended October 30, 2009 and October 24, 2008. No components of the hedge contracts were excluded in the measurement of hedge ineffectiveness and no hedges were derecognized or discontinued during the three and six months ended October 30, 2009 and October 24, 2008. The cash flows from these contracts are reported as operating activities in the consolidated statements of cash flows. The gross notional amount of these contracts, designated as cash flow hedges, outstanding at October 30, 2009 was $4.452 billion and will mature within the subsequent 36-month period.

The amount of gains/(losses) and location of the gains/(losses) in the condensed consolidated statements of earnings and other comprehensive income (OCI) related to derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges are as follows:

Three months ended
October 30, 2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(in millions)

 

Gross Losses Recognized in OCI
on Effective Portion of Derivative

 

Effective Portion of Gains/(Losses)
on Derivative Reclassified from AOCI into Income

 

 

Derivatives in Cash Flow Hedging Relationships

 

Amount

 

Location

 

Amount

 

Foreign exchange contracts

 

$

(154

)

Other expense, net

 

$

(10

)

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of products sold

 

 

18

 

Total

 

$

(154

)

 

 

$

8

 

Six months ended
October 30, 2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(in millions)

 

Gross Losses Recognized in OCI
on Effective Portion of Derivative

 

Effective Portion of Gains
on Derivative Reclassified from AOCI into Income

 

 

Derivatives in Cash Flow Hedging Relationships

 

Amount

 

Location

 

Amount

 

Foreign exchange contracts

 

$

(494

)

Other expense, net

 

$

13

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of products sold

 

 

26

 

Total

 

$

(494

)

 

 

$

39

 

19


As of October 30, 2009, the Company had a balance of $104 million in after-tax net unrealized losses associated with cash flow hedging instruments recorded in AOCI. The Company expects that $125 million in losses of this balance will be reclassified into the consolidated statement of earnings over the next twelve months.

Fair Value Hedges

For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as fair value hedges, the gain or loss on the derivatives as well as the offsetting gain or loss on the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk are recognized in current earnings.

Interest rate derivative instruments designated as fair value hedges are designed to manage the exposure to interest rate movements and to reduce borrowing costs by converting fixed-rate debt into floating-rate debt. Under these agreements, the Company agrees to exchange, at specified intervals, the difference between fixed and floating interest amounts calculated by reference to an agreed-upon notional principal amount.

As of October 30, 2009, the Company had interest rate swaps designated as fair value hedges of underlying fixed rate obligations. In June 2009, the Company entered into two fixed-to-floating interest rate swap agreements with an aggregate notional amount of $300 million designated as fair value hedges of the fixed interest rate obligation under the existing $550 million, 5 year, 4.500 percent New Senior Notes that were issued in March 2009. These fair value hedges are 100 percent effective and, thus, there is no net impact on earnings . As a result, the market value of these interest rate swap agreements is a $9 million unrealized gain at October 30, 2009 which is recorded as an increase in long-term debt with the offset recorded as an increase in other assets on the condensed consolidated balance sheet. The gross notional amount of these contracts, designated as fair value hedges outstanding at October 30, 2009 was $300 million.

During the three and six months ended October 30, 2009 and October 24, 2008, the Company did not have any ineffective fair value hedging instruments. In addition, the Company did not recognize any gains or losses during the three and six months ended October 30, 2009 and October 24, 2008 on firm commitments that no longer qualify as fair value hedges.

Balance Sheet Presentation

The following table summarizes the location and fair value amounts of derivative instruments reported in the condensed consolidated balance sheet as of October 30, 2009. The fair value amounts are presented on a gross basis and are segregated between derivatives that are designated and qualify as hedging instruments and those that are not, and are further segregated by type of contract within those two categories.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Asset Derivatives

 

Liability Derivatives

 

(in millions)

 

Balance Sheet
Location

 

Fair Value

 

Balance Sheet
Location

 

Fair Value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign exchange contracts

 

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

$

49

 

 

Other accrued expenses

 

$

94

 

Interest rate contracts

 

 

Other assets

 

 

9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign exchange contracts

 

 

Other assets

 

 

26

 

 

Other long-term liabilities

 

 

25

 

Total derivatives designated as hedging instruments

 

 

 

 

$

84

 

 

 

 

$

119

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign exchange contracts

 

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

$

10

 

 

Other accrued expenses

 

$

11

 

Total derivatives not designated as hedging instruments

 

 

 

 

$

10

 

 

 

 

$

11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total derivatives

 

 

 

 

$

94

 

 

 

 

$

130

 

20


Concentrations of Credit Risk

Financial instruments, which potentially subject the Company to significant concentrations of credit risk, consist principally of interest-bearing investments, forward exchange derivative contracts and trade accounts receivable.

The Company maintains cash and cash equivalents, investments and certain other financial instruments (including forward exchange contracts) with various major financial institutions. The Company performs periodic evaluations of the relative credit standings of these financial institutions and limits the amount of credit exposure with any one institution. In addition, during the second quarter of fiscal year 2010, the Company entered into a collateral credit agreement with its primary derivatives counterparty. Under this agreement either party is required to post eligible collateral when the market value of transactions covered by the agreement exceeds specific thresholds, thus limiting credit exposure for both parties. As of October 30, 2009 there was no collateral pledged or received as the specific thresholds set forth in the agreement were not exceeded for either party.

Concentrations of credit risk with respect to trade accounts receivable are limited due to the large number of customers and their dispersion across many geographic areas. The Company monitors the creditworthiness of its customers to which it grants credit terms in the normal course of business. However, a significant amount of trade receivables are with national healthcare systems in many countries. Although the Company does not currently foresee a credit risk associated with these receivables, repayment is dependent upon the financial stability of the economies of those countries. As of October 30, 2009 and April 24, 2009, no customer represented more than 10 percent of the outstanding accounts receivable.

Note 11 – Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market, with cost determined on a first-in, first-out basis. Inventory balances are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(in millions)

 

October 30,
2009

 

April 24,
2009

 

Finished goods

 

$

881

 

$

854

 

Work in process

 

 

270

 

 

251

 

Raw materials

 

 

323

 

 

321

 

Total

 

$

1,474

 

$

1,426

 

Note 12 – Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the six months ended October 30, 2009 are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

(in millions)

 

October 30,
2009

 

Balance at April 24, 2009

 

$

8,195

 

Purchase accounting adjustments, net

 

 

(7

)

Currency adjustment, net

 

 

44

 

Balance at October 30, 2009

 

$

8,232

 

Intangible assets, excluding goodwill, as of October 30, 2009 and April 24, 2009 are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(in millions)

 

Purchased
Technology and
Patents

 

Trademarks
and
Tradenames

 

Other

 

Total

 

As of October 30, 2009:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortizable intangible assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Original cost

 

$

3,062

 

$

373

 

$

269

 

$

3,704

 

Accumulated amortization

 

 

(917

)

 

(236

)

 

(187

)

 

(1,340

)

Carrying value

 

$

2,145

 

$

137

 

$

82

 

$

2,364

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of April 24, 2009:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortizable intangible assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Original cost

 

$

3,057

 

$

373

 

$

238

 

$

3,668

 

Accumulated amortization

 

 

(801

)

 

(217

)

 

(173

)

 

(1,191

)

Carrying value

 

$

2,256

 

$

156

 

$

65

 

$

2,477

 

21


Amortization expense for the three and six months ended October 30, 2009 was $80 million and $158 million, respectively, and for the three and six months ended October 24, 2008 was $69 million and $135 million, respectively.

Estimated aggregate amortization expense based on the current carrying value of amortizable intangible assets is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

(in millions)
Fiscal Year

 

Amortization
Expense

 

Remaining 2010

 

$

159

 

2011

 

 

306

 

2012

 

 

282

 

2013

 

 

266

 

2014

 

 

256

 

Thereafter

 

 

1,095

 

 

 

$

2,364

 

Note 13 – Warranty Obligation

The Company offers a warranty on various products. The Company estimates the costs that may be incurred under its warranties and records a liability in the amount of such costs at the time the product is sold. Factors that affect the Company’s warranty liability include the number of units sold, historical and anticipated rates of warranty claims and cost per claim. The Company periodically assesses the adequacy of its recorded warranty liabilities and adjusts the amounts as necessary. The amount of the reserve recorded is equal to the costs to repair or otherwise satisfy the claim. The Company includes the covered costs associated with field actions, if any, in cost of products sold .

During the first quarter of fiscal year 2010, the Company recorded a $16 million warranty provision related to the July 2009 supplier-related Paradigm Quick-set infusion set field action in its Diabetes business. In the second quarter of fiscal year 2010 the Company reached settlements with the suppliers involved in the recall that offset the majority of the warranty provision.

Changes in the Company’s product warranties during the six months ended October 30, 2009 and October 24, 2008 consisted of the following:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Six months ended

 

(in millions)

 

October 30,
2009

 

October 24,
2008 

 

Balance at the beginning of the period

 

$

35

 

$

43

 

Warranty claims provision

 

 

25

 

 

12

 

Settlements made

 

 

(21

)

 

(16

)

Balance at the end of the period

 

$

39

 

$

39

 

22


Note 14 – Interest Expense, Net

Interest income and interest expense for the three and six months ended October 30, 2009 and October 24, 2008 are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Three months ended

 

Six months ended

 

(in millions)

 

October 30, 2009

 

October 24, 2008

 

October 30, 2009

 

October 24, 2008

 

Interest income

 

$

(39

)

$

(42

)

$

(77

)

$

(94

)

Interest expense

 

 

93

 

 

90

 

 

198

 

 

189

 

Interest expense, net

 

$

54

 

$

48

 

$

121

 

$

95

 

Interest expense, net for the three and six months ended October 24, 2008 has been retrospectively adjusted for the impact of the adoption of the new authoritative guidance for convertible debt. See Note 3 for additional information.

Interest income includes interest earned on the Company’s cash and cash equivalents, short- and long-term investments and the net realized gain or loss on the sale or impairment of AFS debt securities. See Note 7 for further discussion of these items.

Interest expense includes the expense associated with the interest that the Company pays on its outstanding borrowings, including short- and long-term instruments and the amortization of debt issuance costs and debt discounts.

Note 15 – Income Taxes

During the six months ended October 30, 2009, the Company recorded a $9 million benefit associated with Irish research and development credit claims, the deductibility of a settlement expense, the finalization of certain foreign tax returns and changes to uncertain tax position reserves. These tax adjustments are operational in nature and are recorded in provision for income taxes on the condensed consolidated statements of earnings.

During the six months ended October 30, 2009, the Company’s gross unrecognized tax benefits increased from $431 million to $488 million. In addition, the Company has accrued interest and penalties of $126 million as of October 30, 2009. If all of the Company’s unrecognized tax benefits were recognized, approximately $420 million would impact the Company’s effective tax rate. The Company continues to record the liability for unrecognized tax benefits as a long-term liability as it does not expect significant payments to occur or the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits to change significantly over the next twelve months. The Company will continue to recognize interest and penalties related to income tax matters in the provision for income taxes in the condensed consolidated statements of earnings and record the liability in the current or long-term accrued income taxes in the condensed consolidated balance sheets, as appropriate.

As of October 30, 2009, there have been no changes to significant unresolved matters with the U.S. Internal Revenue Service or foreign tax authorities from what was previously disclosed in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 24, 2009.

Note 16 – Earnings Per Share

Basic earnings per share is computed based on the weighted average number of common shares outstanding. Diluted earnings per share is computed based on the weighted average number of common shares outstanding increased by the number of additional shares that would have been outstanding had the potentially dilutive common shares been issued and reduced by the number of shares the Company could have repurchased from the proceeds from issuance of the potentially dilutive shares. Potentially dilutive shares of common stock include stock options and other stock-based awards granted under stock-based compensation plans and shares committed to be purchased under the employee stock purchase plan.

In the first quarter of fiscal year 2010, the Company adopted new authoritative guidance for participating securities which affects the Company’s earnings per share calculation. See Note 3 for additional information regarding the adoption of this new authoritative guidance.

23


Presented below is a reconciliation between basic and diluted earnings per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Three months ended

 

Six months ended

 

(shares in millions)

 

October 30,
2009

 

October 24,
2008

 

October 30,
2009

 

October 24,
2008

 

Numerator:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net earnings

 

$

868

 

$

547

 

$

1,314

 

$

1,270

 

Denominator:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic – weighted average shares outstanding

 

 

1,106.8

 

 

1,124.5

 

 

1,109.7

 

 

1,124.7

 

Effect of dilutive securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Employee stock options

 

 

0.6

 

 

4.3

 

 

0.5

 

 

4.6

 

Employee restricted stock and restricted stock units

 

 

1.5

 

 

1.0

 

 

1.4

 

 

0.8

 

Other

 

 

0.3

 

 

0.9

 

 

0.3

 

 

0.9

 

Diluted – weighted average shares outstanding

 

 

1,109.2

 

 

1,130.7

 

 

1,111.9

 

 

1,131.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic earnings per share

 

$

0.78

 

$

0.49

 

$

1.18

 

$

1.13

 

Diluted earnings per share

 

$

0.78

 

$

0.48

 

$

1.18

 

$

1.12

 

The calculation of weighted average diluted shares outstanding excludes options for approximately 68 million and 70 million common shares for the three and six months ended October 30, 2009, respectively, and approximately 22 million for both the three and six months ended October 24, 2008, as the exercise price of those options was greater than the average market price for the period, resulting in an anti-dilutive effect on diluted earnings per share. For the three and six months ended October 30, 2009 and October 24, 2008, common share equivalents related to the Company’s $4.400 billion of Senior Convertible Notes were anti-dilutive as the market price of the Company’s stock was below the conversion price of the Senior Convertible Notes and, therefore, were excluded from the calculation of weighted average diluted shares.

Note 17 – Comprehensive Income and Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income/(Loss)

In addition to net earnings, comprehensive income includes changes in foreign currency translation adjustments (including the change in current exchange rates, or spot rates, of net investment hedges), unrealized gains and losses on foreign exchange derivative contracts qualifying and designated as cash flow hedges, net changes in retirement obligation funded status and unrealized gains and losses on AFS marketable securities. Comprehensive income for the three months ended October 30, 2009 and October 24, 2008 was $825 million and $799 million, respectively. Comprehensive income for the six months ended October 30, 2009 and October 24, 2008 was $1.266 billion and $1.600 billion, respectively.

Presented below is a summary of activity for each component of accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss) :

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(in millions)

 

Unrealized
Gain/(Loss) on
Investments

 

Cumulative
Translation
Adjustments

 

Net Change in
Retirement
Obligations

 

Unrealized
Gain/(Loss) on
Foreign
Exchange
Derivatives

 

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income/(Loss)

 

Balance April 24, 2009

 

$

(95

)

$

62

 

$

(398

)

$

228

 

$

(202

)

Reclassification of other-than-temporary losses on marketable securities included in net income

 

 

(3

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3

)

Period Change

 

 

50

 

 

179

 

 

(7

)

 

(227

)

 

(5

)

Balance July 31, 2009

 

$

(48

)

$

241

 

$

(405

)

$

1

 

$

(210

)

Period Change

 

 

11

 

 

54

 

 

(3

)

 

(105

)

 

(43

)

Balance October 30, 2009

 

$

(37

)

$

295

 

$

(408

)

$

(104

)

$

(253

)

Translation adjustments are not adjusted for income taxes as substantially all translation adjustments relate to permanent investments in non-U.S. subsidiaries. The tax benefit on the unrealized loss on foreign exchange derivatives for the three and six months ended October 30, 2009 was $60 million and $173 million, respectively. The tax expense on the unrealized gain on investments for the three and six months ended October 30, 2009 was $5 million and $33 million, respectively. The tax benefit on the net change in retirement obligations was not material for the three and six months ended October 30, 2009. See Note 7 for additional information regarding the adoption of the new authoritative guidance for the recognition and presentation of other-than-temporary impairments.

24


Note 18 – Stock-Based Compensation

Under the fair value recognition provisions of U.S. GAAP for accounting for stock-based compensation, the Company measures stock-based compensation cost at the grant date based on the fair value of the award and recognizes the compensation expense over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period. The Company elected the modified-prospective method of adopting this guidance, under which prior periods were not retroactively restated. The provisions of this guidance apply to awards granted after the April 29, 2006 effective date. Stock-based compensation expense for the non-vested portion of awards granted prior to the effective date is being recognized over the remaining service period using the fair-value based compensation cost estimated under the prior guidance’s pro forma disclosures.

The following table presents the components and classification of stock-based compensation expense recognized for the three and six months ended October 30, 2009 and October 24, 2008:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Three months ended

 

Six months ended

 

(in millions)

 

October 30,
2009

 

October 24,
2008

 

October 30,
2009

 

October 24,
2008

 

Stock options

 

$

35

 

$

33

 

$

68

 

$

66

 

Restricted stock awards

 

 

27

 

 

17

 

 

51

 

 

34

 

Employee stock purchase plan

 

 

4

 

 

3

 

 

9

 

 

8

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

 

$

66

 

$

53

 

$

128

 

$

108

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of products sold

 

$

8

 

$

6

 

$

15

 

$

13

 

Research and development expense

 

 

16

 

 

13

 

 

31

 

 

26

 

Selling, general and administrative expense

 

 

42

 

 

34

 

 

82

 

 

69

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

 

$

66

 

$

53

 

$

128

 

$

108

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax benefits

 

 

(20

)

 

(16

)

 

(39

)

 

(31

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense, net of tax

 

$

46

 

$

37

 

$

89

 

$

77

 

Note 19 – Retirement Benefit Plans

The Company sponsors various retirement benefit plans, including defined benefit pension plans (pension benefits), post-retirement medical plans (post-retirement benefits), defined contribution savings plans and termination indemnity plans, covering substantially all U.S. employees and many employees outside the U.S. The net periodic benefit cost of the pension and post-retirement medical plans include the following components for the three and six months ended October 30, 2009 and October 24, 2008:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Pension Benefits

 

Non-U.S. Pension Benefits

 

Post-Retirement Benefits

 

 

 

Three months ended

 

Three months ended

 

Three months ended

 

(in millions)

 

October 30,
2009

 

October 24,
2008

 

October 30,
2009

 

October 24,
2008

 

October 30,
2009

 

October 24,
2008 

 

Service cost

 

$

15

 

$

18

 

$

7

 

$

8

 

$

3

 

$

4

 

Interest cost

 

 

17

 

 

15

 

 

5

 

 

6

 

 

4

 

 

3

 

Expected return on plan assets

 

 

(25

)

 

(25

)

 

(6

)

 

(6

)

 

(2

)

 

(3

)

Amortization of net actuarial loss

 

 

1

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net periodic benefit cost

 

 

8

 

 

9

 

 

6

 

 

8

 

 

5

 

 

4

 

Special termination benefits

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total cost for period

 

$

8

 

$

9

 

$

6

 

$

8

 

$

5

 

$

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Pension Benefits

 

Non-U.S. Pension Benefits

 

Post-Retirement Benefits

 

 

 

Six months ended

 

Six months ended

 

Six months ended

 

 

 

October 30,
2009

 

October 24,
2008

 

October 30,
2009

 

October 24,
2008

 

October 30,
2009

 

October 24,
2008

 

Service cost

 

$

30

 

$

36

 

$

14

 

$

16

 

$

6

 

$

8

 

Interest cost

 

 

34

 

 

30

 

 

10

 

 

12

 

 

8

 

 

6

 

Expected return on plan assets

 

 

(50

)

 

(49

)

 

(12

)

 

(12

)

 

(4

)

 

(6

)

Amortization of net actuarial loss

 

 

1

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net periodic benefit cost

 

 

15

 

 

19

 

 

12

 

 

16

 

 

10

 

 

8

 

Special termination benefits

 

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

Total cost for period

 

$

22

 

$

19

 

$

12

 

$

16

 

$

12

 

$

8

 

25


As a result of the fiscal year 2009 restructuring initiative that began in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2009, the Company has recognized special termination benefits in the six months ended October 30, 2009 related to employees electing to accept early retirement packages provided under the restructuring initiatives. The incremental expense from these special termination benefits is reflected in the table above. See Note 6 for additional information regarding the fiscal year 2009 restructuring initiative.

Note 20 – Contingencies

The Company is involved in a number of legal actions. The outcomes of these legal actions are not within the Company’s complete control and may not be known for prolonged periods of time. In some actions, the claimants seek damages, as well as other relief, including injunctions barring the sale of products that are the subject of the lawsuit, that could require significant expenditures or result in lost revenues. In accordance with U.S. GAAP, the Company records a liability in the consolidated financial statements for these actions when a loss is known or considered probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated. If the reasonable estimate of a known or probable loss is a range, and no amount within the range is a better estimate than any other, the minimum amount of the range is accrued. If a loss is possible but not known or probable, and can be reasonably estimated, the estimated loss or range of loss is disclosed. In most cases, significant judgment is required to estimate the amount and timing of a loss to be recorded. While it is not possible to predict the outcome for most of the matters discussed, the Company believes it is possible that costs associated with them could have a material adverse impact on the Company’s consolidated earnings, financial position or cash flows.

Litigation with Wyeth and Cordis Corporation

On February 22, 2008, Wyeth and Cordis Corporation (Cordis) filed a lawsuit against the Company and its subsidiary, Medtronic AVE, Inc., in U.S. District Court for the District of New Jersey, alleging that Medtronic’s Endeavor drug-eluting stent infringes three U.S. “Morris” patents alleged to be owned by Wyeth and exclusively licensed to Cordis. The Company is indemnified for the claims made by Wyeth and Cordis. The Company has not recorded an expense related to damages in connection with these matters because any potential loss is not currently probable or reasonably estimable under U.S. GAAP.

Marquis/Maximo/InSync Matters

On February 10, 2005, Medtronic voluntarily began to advise physicians about the possibility that a specific battery shorting mechanism might manifest itself in a subset of implantable cardioverter defibrillators (ICDs) and cardiac resynchronization therapy-defibrillators (CRT-Ds). These included certain Marquis VR/DR and Maximo VR/DR ICDs and certain InSync I/II/III CRT-D devices. Subsequent to this voluntary field action, a number of lawsuits were filed against the Company alleging a variety of claims, including individuals asserting claims of personal injury and third party payors alleging entitlement to reimbursement. Many of these lawsuits were settled, and in the third quarter of fiscal year 2008, the Company recorded an expense of $123 million relating to the settlement in accordance with U.S. GAAP as the potential loss was both probable and reasonably estimable. The Company paid substantially all of the $123 million in the first quarter of fiscal year 2009. One third party payor, Kinetic Knife, dismissed its original action without prejudice and subsequently filed a putative class action relating to the same subject matter. Medtronic removed the action to the U.S. District Court for the District of Minnesota and filed a motion to dismiss, which was denied on December 4, 2009. In addition, class action product liability suits pending in Canada are consolidated in the Ontario Superior Court of Justice. That court certified a class proceeding on December 6, 2007 and denied Medtronic’s leave to appeal certification on May 15, 2008. The class was certified to include individual implant recipients and their family members. In addition, the subrogated claims of the provincial health insurers to recover costs incurred in providing medical services to the implant class are claimed in the class proceeding. Pretrial proceedings are underway. The Company has not recorded an expense related to damages for the remaining suits because any potential loss is not currently probable or reasonably estimable under U.S. GAAP.

26


Sprint Fidelis Product Liability Matters

On October 15, 2007, the Company voluntarily suspended worldwide distribution of its Sprint Fidelis (Fidelis) family of defibrillation leads. The leads are used to deliver therapy in patients with ICDs, but are generally not used in pacemaker patients. The U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) subsequently classified the Company’s action as a Class I recall. As of October 30, 2009, approximately 3,300 lawsuits regarding the Fidelis leads have been filed against the Company, including approximately 37 putative class action suits reflecting a total of approximately 7,700 individual personal injury cases. In general, the suits allege claims of product liability, warranty, negligence, unjust enrichment, emotional distress and consumer protection violations. One lawsuit includes a claim by an individual purporting to act as a surrogate for the Center for Medicare and Medicaid Services, and one lawsuit has been brought by a third party payor as a putative class action suit. Approximately 2,100 of the lawsuits have been commenced in state court, generally alleging similar causes of action. Of those state court actions, almost all are pending before a single judge in Hennepin County District Court in the state of Minnesota. On October 22, 2009, that court granted Medtronic’s motion to dismiss ten cases that the parties had agreed represented all claims asserted in the cases pending before the Minnesota court. The court granted the motion on the grounds of federal preemption. The federal court cases have been consolidated for pretrial proceedings before a single federal judge in the U.S. District Court for the District of Minnesota pursuant to the Multi-District Litigation (MDL) rules. On January 5, 2009, the MDL court entered an order dismissing with prejudice the master consolidated complaint for individuals and the master consolidated complaint for third party payors on grounds of federal preemption. On May 12, 2009, the MDL court denied plaintiffs’ request to file a motion for reconsideration of the dismissals and plaintiffs’ motion seeking permission to amend the master consolidated complaint. The court dismissed with prejudice 229 cases that adopted the master consolidated complaint and stayed all other cases pending further order of the court. Plaintiffs’ appeal to the Eighth Circuit Court of Appeals is pending. In addition, one putative class action has been filed in the Ontario Superior Court of Justice in Canada. On October 20, 2009, that court certified a class proceeding, but denied class certification on plaintiffs’ claim for punitive damages, which the plaintiffs have appealed. The Company has not recorded an expense related to damages in connection with the matter because any potential loss is not currently probable or reasonably estimable under U.S. GAAP.

Shareholder Related Matters

On November 8, 2007, Stanley Kurzweil filed a putative class action complaint against the Company and certain of its officers in the U.S. District Court for the District of Minnesota, alleging violations of Section 10(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the Exchange Act) and Rule 10b-5 thereunder. The complaint is brought on behalf of persons or entities who purchased securities of Medtronic during the period of June 25, 2007 through October 15, 2007. The complaint alleges that “materially false and misleading” representations were made as to the market acceptance and use of the Fidelis defibrillator leads to artificially inflate Medtronic’s stock price. Pursuant to court order, the caption of the case was changed to Medtronic, Inc., Securities Litigation, and a consolidated putative class action complaint was filed on April 18, 2008. On March 10, 2009, the court entered an order dismissing the complaint with prejudice and denying plaintiffs leave to amend. Plaintiffs’ motion to alter the judgment was denied on May 29, 2009. Plaintiffs’ appeal to the Eighth Circuit Court of Appeals is pending.

On November 29 and December 14, 2007 respectively, Feivel Gottlieb and Alan Weinberg filed shareholder derivative actions in Hennepin County District Court in the state of Minnesota against both the Company and certain of its officers and directors, alleging breach of fiduciary duty, waste of corporate assets and other claims arising from the same subject matter as the consolidated class action complaint. On July 28, 2008, the state court stayed these actions pending final resolution of the related consolidated class action complaint.

In addition, on August 11, 2008, Mark Brown filed a complaint against the Company and certain directors, officers and other company personnel in the U.S. District Court for the District of Minnesota, alleging violations of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 arising from the same subject matter as the consolidated putative class complaint. The complaint was filed on behalf of a putative class of participants in and beneficiaries of the Medtronic, Inc. Savings and Investment Plan, whose individual accounts held shares of Company stock at any time from February 15, 2007 to November 19, 2007. On December 29, 2008, the plaintiff amended the complaint to add similar allegations relating to alleged off-label promotion of INFUSE Bone Graft and to amend the class to include participants in the plan from February 15, 2007 to December 12, 2008. The defendants’ motion to dismiss was granted without prejudice on May 26, 2009 on the grounds plaintiff lacked standing to assert his claims. Plaintiffs’ appeal to the Eighth Circuit Court of Appeals is pending.

On December 11, 2008, the Minneapolis Firefighters’ Relief Association filed a putative class action complaint against the Company and two of its officers in the U.S. District Court for the District of Minnesota, alleging violations of Section 10(b) of the Exchange Act and Rule 10b-5 thereunder. The complaint is brought on behalf of persons or entities who purchased securities of Medtronic from November 19, 2007 through November 17, 2008. The complaint alleges that the defendants made false and misleading public statements concerning the INFUSE Bone Graft product which artificially inflated Medtronic’s stock price during the period. On May 28, 2009, the court order appointed a lead plaintiff and lead counsel. On August 1, 2009, plaintiffs filed a consolidated putative class action complaint making similar allegations but expanding the class to include those persons or entities who purchased securities of Medtronic from November 20, 2006 to November 17, 2008. Medtronic has moved to dismiss the consolidated complaint.

27


On February 24, 2009, Christin Wright filed a complaint against the Company and certain directors, officers and other company personnel in the U.S. District Court for the District of Minnesota, alleging violations of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974. The complaint was filed purportedly on behalf of a putative class comprised of participants and beneficiaries of the Medtronic, Inc. Savings and Investment Plan, whose individual accounts held shares of company stock at any time from June 28, 2006 to November 18, 2008. The plaintiff claims the defendants breached fiduciary duties by allegedly failing to properly disclose the September 2008 settlement of the litigation with Fastenetix and the October 2008 settlement of the Cordis litigation. On September 30, 2009, plaintiffs filed a motion for leave to amend their complaint to add allegations similar to the allegations made in the Brown case. Medtronic’s motion to dismiss the allegations in the original complaint and plaintiffs’ motion for leave to amend are pending.

The Company has not recorded an expense related to damages in connection with these shareholder related matters because any potential loss is not currently probable or reasonably estimable under U.S. GAAP.

Mirowski

Medtronic is a licensee to the RE 38,119 patent (‘119 Patent) and RE 38,897 patent (‘897 Patent) owned by Mirowski Family Ventures, LLC (Mirowski) relating to the treatment of hemodynamic dysfunction. Medtronic and Mirowski dispute the application of the ‘119 and ‘897 Patents to certain Medtronic cardiac resynchronization products. The parties entered into a tolling agreement deferring and conditioning any litigation of the dispute upon certain conditions precedent. The tolling agreement expired on October 1, 2007. In subsequent notices, Mirowski identified certain claims of the two patents that Mirowski asserts Medtronic is using. On December 17, 2007, Medtronic filed an action in U.S. District Court for the District of Delaware seeking a declaration that none of its products infringe any valid claims of either the ‘119 or ‘897 Patents. If certain conditions are fulfilled, the ‘119 and/or ‘897 Patents are determined to be valid and the Medtronic products are found to infringe the ‘119 and/or ‘897 Patents, Medtronic will be obligated to pay royalties to Mirowski based upon sales of certain CRT-D products. Trial has been set for January 25, 2010. As of October 30, 2009, the amount of disputed royalties and interest related to CRT-D products is $106 million. This amount has not been accrued because the outcome is not currently probable under U.S. GAAP.

In addition, Medtronic is a licensee to the 4,407,288 Patent (‘288 Patent) owned by Mirowski relating to ICDs. Until November 2001, Medtronic accrued and paid royalties under the license based on a percentage of ICD sales. Medtronic and Mirowski dispute the application of the ‘288 Patent to certain Medtronic ICD products. In November 2001, Medtronic ceased paying royalties and entered into an agreement with Mirowski to pay putative royalties into an interest-bearing escrow account through the expiration of the ‘288 Patent in December of 2003. As of October 30, 2009, the current balance in the interest-bearing escrow account is $87 million. The parties also entered into a tolling agreement deferring and conditioning any litigation of the obligation to pay royalties upon certain conditions precedent. If these conditions are fulfilled and the ‘288 Patent determined to be invalid or Medtronic’s products found not to infringe, the escrowed funds will be released to Medtronic.

In the normal course of business, the Company periodically enters into agreements that require it to indemnify customers or suppliers for specific risks, such as claims for injury or property damage arising out of the Company’s products or the negligence of its personnel or claims alleging that its products infringe third-party patents or other intellectual property. The Company’s maximum exposure under these indemnification provisions cannot be estimated, and the Company has not accrued any liabilities within the consolidated financial statements. Historically, the Company has not experienced significant losses on these types of indemnifications.

Note 21 – Segment and Geographic Information

Segment information:

The Company functions in seven operating segments, consisting of CRDM, Spinal, CardioVascular, Neuromodulation, Diabetes, Surgical Technologies and Physio-Control.

Each of the Company’s operating segments have similar economic characteristics, technology, manufacturing processes, customers, distribution and marketing strategies, regulatory environments and shared infrastructures. Net sales by operating segment are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Three months ended

 

Six months ended

 

(in millions)

 

October 30,
2009

 

October 24,
2008

 

October 30,
2009

 

October 24,
2008 

 

Cardiac Rhythm Disease Management

 

$

1,278

 

$

1,242

 

$

2,615

 

$

2,546

 

Spinal

 

 

862

 

 

829

 

 

1,777

 

 

1,687

 

CardioVascular

 

 

696

 

 

596

 

 

1,385

 

 

1,227

 

Neuromodulation

 

 

384

 

 

343

 

 

757

 

 

691

 

Diabetes

 

 

300

 

 

272

 

 

594

 

 

541

 

Surgical Technologies

 

 

224

 

 

213

 

 

451

 

 

415

 

Physio-Control

 

 

94

 

 

75

 

 

192

 

 

169

 

Total Net Sales

 

$

3,838

 

$

3,570

 

$

7,771

 

$

7,276

 

28


In December 2006, the Company announced its intention to pursue a spin-off of Physio-Control into an independent, publicly traded company. However, as discussed in the “Other Matters” section of the management’s discussion and analysis, the Company announced, in January 2007, a voluntary suspension of U.S. shipments of Physio-Control products manufactured at its facility in Redmond, Washington in order to address quality system issues. The Company continues to work with the FDA to address the quality system issues that must be resolved in order to resume unrestricted distribution of its external defibrillators. As a result of this issue, the Company’s plans to pursue a spin-off of Physio-Control are on hold at least through the end of fiscal year 2010. As additional information, Physio-Control’s income/(loss) before interest and income taxes for the three and six months ended October 30, 2009 is $(3) million and $5 million, respectively and for the three and six months ended October 24, 2008 is $(12) million and $(17) million, respectively.

Geographic information

Net sales to external customers by geography are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Three months ended

 

Six months ended

 

(in millions)

 

October 30,
2009

 

October 24,
2008

 

October 30,
2009

 

October 24,
2008 

 

United States

 

$

2,297

 

$

2,196

 

$

4,688

 

$

4,445

 

Europe

 

 

940

 

 

868

 

 

1,908

 

 

1,817

 

Asia Pacific

 

 

468

 

 

382

 

 

921

 

 

768

 

Other Foreign

 

 

133

 

 

124

 

 

254

 

 

246

 

Total Net Sales

 

$

3,838

 

$

3,570

 

$

7,771

 

$

7,276

 

I tem 2. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

UNDERSTANDING OUR FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The following discussion and analysis provides information management believes to be relevant to understanding the financial condition and results of operations of Medtronic, Inc. and its subsidiaries (Medtronic or the Company, or we, us, or our). For a full understanding of financial condition and results of operations, you should read this discussion along with management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended April 24, 2009. In addition, you should read this discussion along with our condensed consolidated financial statements and related Notes thereto as of October 30, 2009.

Financial Trends

Throughout this discussion and analysis, you will read about transactions or events that materially contribute to or reduce earnings and materially affect financial trends. We refer to these transactions and events as either special (such as asset impairment or contributions to The Medtronic Foundation), restructuring, certain litigation and purchased in-process research and development (IPR&D) charges or certain tax adjustments. These charges, or benefits, result from facts and circumstances that vary in frequency and/or impact to operations. While understanding these charges or benefits is important to understanding and evaluating financial trends, other transactions or events may also have a material impact on financial trends. A complete understanding of the special, restructuring, certain litigation and IPR&D charges and certain tax adjustments is necessary in order to estimate the likelihood that financial trends will continue.

Our fiscal year-end is the last Friday in April, and therefore, the total weeks in a fiscal year can fluctuate between fifty-two and fifty-three weeks. Fiscal year 2010 is a fifty-three week year. Our first quarter fiscal year 2010 results included an extra week, resulting in a favorable impact on our net sales for the six months ended October 30, 2009 compared to the same period in the prior year.

29


EXECUTIVE LEVEL OVERVIEW

We are the global leader in medical technology - alleviating pain, restoring health and extending life for millions of people around the world. We function in seven operating segments, consisting of Cardiac Rhythm Disease Management (CRDM), Spinal, CardioVascular, Neuromodulation, Diabetes, Surgical Technologies and Physio-Control.

Through these seven operating segments, we develop, manufacture and market our medical devices in more than 120 countries. Our primary products include those for cardiac rhythm disorders, cardiovascular disease, neurological disorders, spinal conditions and musculoskeletal trauma, urological and digestive disorders, diabetes and ear, nose, and throat conditions.

Net earnings for the second quarter of fiscal year 2010 were $868 million, or $0.78 per diluted share, as compared to net earnings of $547 million, or $0.48 per diluted share for the same period in the prior fiscal year, representing an increase of 59 percent and 63 percent, respectively. Net earnings for the three months ended October 30, 2009 include an after-tax certain litigation gain that increased net earnings by $44 million. Net earnings for the three months ended October 24, 2008 included after-tax certain litigation and IPR&D charges that decreased net earnings by $187 million. See further discussion of these charges in the “Restructuring, Certain Litigation and IPR&D Charges” section of this management’s discussion and analysis. The increase in net earnings for the three months ended October 30, 2009 was driven primarily by an increase in net sales and a reduction of certain litigation charges, net compared to the same period in the prior fiscal year.

Net earnings for the six months ended October 30, 2009 were $1.314 billion, or $1.18 per diluted share, as compared to net earnings of $1.270 billion, or $1.12 per diluted share for the same period in the prior fiscal year, representing an increase of 3 percent and 5 percent, respectively. Net earnings for the six months ended October 30, 2009 included after-tax restructuring and certain litigation charges, net that decreased net earnings by $366 million. Net earnings for the six months ended October 24, 2008 included after-tax restructuring, certain litigation and IPR&D charges that decreased net earnings by $253 million. See further discussion of these charges in the “Restructuring, Certain Litigation, and IPR&D Charges” section of this management’s discussion and analysis. The increase in net earnings for the six months ended October 30, 2009 was driven primarily by an increase in net sales.

The six months ended October 30, 2009 contained twenty-seven weeks, one more week than the six months ended October 24, 2008.

The table below illustrates net sales by operating segment for the three and six months ended October 30, 2009 and October 24, 2008:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Three months ended

 

 

 

 

Six months ended

 

 

 

 

(dollars in millions)

 

October 30,
2009

 

October 24,
2008

 

% Change

 

October 30,
2009

 

October 24,
2008

 

% Change

 

Cardiac Rhythm Disease Management

 

$

1,278

 

$

1,242

 

 

3

%

$

2,615

 

$

2,546

 

 

3

%

Spinal

 

 

862

 

 

829

 

 

4

 

 

1,777

 

 

1,687

 

 

5

 

CardioVascular

 

 

696

 

 

596

 

 

17

 

 

1,385

 

 

1,227

 

 

13

 

Neuromodulation

 

 

384

 

 

343

 

 

12

 

 

757

 

 

691

 

 

10

 

Diabetes

 

 

300

 

 

272

 

 

10

 

 

594

 

 

541

 

 

10

 

Surgical Technologies

 

 

224

 

 

213

 

 

5

 

 

451

 

 

415

 

 

9

 

Physio-Control

 

 

94

 

 

75

 

 

25

 

 

192

 

 

169

 

 

14

 

Total Net Sales

 

$

3,838

$

3,570

 

8

%

$

7,771

$

7,276

 

7

%

Net sales for the three and six months ended October 30, 2009 were $3.838 billion and $7.771 billion, an increase of 8 percent and 7 percent, respectively, from the same periods in the prior fiscal year. Foreign currency translation had an unfavorable impact of $16 million and $161 million on net sales for the three and six months ended October 30, 2009, respectively, when compared to the same periods in the prior fiscal year. The net sales increase for the three and six months ended October 30, 2009 was primarily driven by the continued demand for the Endeavor and Endeavor Resolute drug eluting stents in our CardioVascular business and sales growth in all other operating segments including double digit sales growth in the CardioVascular, Neuromodulation, Diabetes and Physio-Control businesses. Sales outside the United States were $1.541 billion and $3.083 billion, respectively, for the three and six months ended October 24, 2009, an increase of 12 percent and 9 percent, respectively, from the same periods in the prior fiscal year. Growth outside the U.S. continued to be positive, where four of our operating segments had double digit growth rates for both the three and six months ended October 24, 2009. See our discussion in the “Net Sales” section of this management’s discussion and analysis for more information on the results of our significant operating segments.

30


We remain committed to our Mission of developing lifesaving and life-enhancing therapies to alleviate pain, restore health and extend life. The diversity and depth of our current product offerings enable us to provide medical therapies to patients worldwide. We work to improve patient access through well-planned studies which show the safety, efficacy and cost-effectiveness of our therapies, and our alliances with patients, clinicians, regulators and reimbursement agencies. Our investments in research and development, strategic acquisitions, expanded clinical trials and infrastructure provide the foundation for our growth. We are confident in our ability to drive long-term shareholder value using principles of our Mission, our strong product pipelines and continued commitment to innovative research and development.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES

We have adopted various accounting policies to prepare the condensed consolidated financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. (U.S. GAAP). Our most significant accounting policies are disclosed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 24, 2009.

The preparation of the condensed consolidated financial statements, in conformity with U.S. GAAP, requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the condensed consolidated financial statements and accompanying Notes. Our estimates and assumptions, including those related to bad debts, inventories, intangible assets, asset impairment, legal proceedings, IPR&D, warranty obligations, product liability, self-insurance, pension and post-retirement obligations, sales returns and discounts, stock-based compensation, valuation of equity and debt securities and income tax reserves are updated as appropriate, which in most cases is quarterly. We base our estimates on historical experience, actuarial valuations or various assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances.

Estimates are considered to be critical if they meet both of the following criteria: (1) the estimate requires assumptions about material matters that are uncertain at the time the accounting estimates are made, and (2) material changes in the estimates are reasonably likely to occur from period to period. Our critical accounting estimates include the following:

Legal Proceedings

We are involved in a number of legal actions involving both product liability and intellectual property disputes. The outcomes of these legal actions are not within our complete control and may not be known for prolonged periods of time. In some actions, the claimants seek damages as well as other relief, including injunctions barring the sale of products that are the subject of the lawsuit, that could require significant expenditures or result in lost revenues. In accordance with U.S. GAAP we record a liability in our consolidated financial statements for these actions when a loss is known or considered probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated. If the reasonable estimate of a known or probable loss is a range, and no amount within the range is a better estimate than any other, the minimum amount of the range is accrued. If a loss is possible, but not known or probable, and can be reasonably estimated, the estimated loss or range of loss is disclosed in the notes to the consolidated financial statements. In most cases, significant judgment is required to estimate the amount and timing of a loss to be recorded. Our significant legal proceedings are discussed in Note 20 to the condensed consolidated financial statements. While it is not possible to predict the outcome for most of the matters discussed in Note 20 to the condensed consolidated financial statements, we believe it is possible that costs associated with them could have a material adverse impact on our consolidated earnings, financial position or cash flows.

Tax Strategies

Our effective tax rate is based on income, statutory tax rates and tax planning opportunities available to us in the various jurisdictions in which we operate. We establish reserves when, despite our belief that our tax return positions are fully supportable, we believe that certain positions are likely to be challenged and that we may or may not prevail. These reserves are established and adjusted in accordance with the principles of U.S. GAAP. Under U.S. GAAP, if we determine that a tax position is more likely than not of being sustained upon audit, based solely on the technical merits of the position, we recognize the benefit. We measure the benefit by determining the amount that is greater than 50 percent likely of being realized upon settlement. We presume that all tax positions will be examined by a taxing authority with full knowledge of all relevant information. We regularly monitor our tax positions and tax liabilities. We reevaluate the technical merits of our tax positions and recognize an uncertain tax benefit, or derecognize a previously recorded tax benefit, when (i) there is a completion of a tax audit, (ii) there is a change in applicable tax law including a tax case or legislative guidance or (iii) there is an expiration of the statute of limitations. Significant judgment is required in accounting for tax reserves. Although we believe that we have adequately provided for liabilities resulting from tax assessments by taxing authorities, positions taken by these tax authorities could have a material impact on our effective tax rate in future periods.

In the event there is a special, restructuring, certain litigation and/or IPR&D charge recognized in our operating results, the tax cost or benefit attributable to that item is separately calculated and recorded. Because the effective rate can be significantly impacted by these discrete items that take place in the period, we often refer to our tax rate using both the effective rate and the non-GAAP nominal tax rate. The non-GAAP nominal tax rate is defined as the income tax provision as a percentage of earnings before income taxes, excluding special, restructuring, certain litigation and IPR&D charges and certain tax adjustments. We believe that this resulting non-GAAP financial measure provides useful information to investors because it excludes the effect of these discrete items so that investors can compare our recurring results over multiple periods. Investors should consider this non-GAAP measure in addition to, and not as a substitute for, financial performance measures prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. In addition, this non-GAAP financial measure may not be the same as similar measures presented by other companies.

31


Tax regulations require certain items to be included in the tax return at different times than when those items are required to be recorded in the consolidated financial statements. As a result, our effective tax rate reflected in our consolidated financial statements is different than that reported in our tax returns. Some of these differences are permanent, such as expenses that are not deductible on our tax return, and some are temporary differences, such as depreciation expense. Temporary differences create deferred tax assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets generally represent items that can be used as a tax deduction or credit in our tax return in future years for which we have already recorded the tax benefit in our consolidated statements of earnings. We establish valuation allowances for our deferred tax assets when the amount of expected future taxable income is not likely to support the use of the deduction or credit. Deferred tax liabilities generally represent tax expense recognized in our consolidated financial statements for which payment has been deferred or expense has already been taken as a deduction on our tax return but has not yet been recognized as an expense in our consolidated statements of earnings.

The Company’s overall tax rate including the tax impact of restructuring and certain litigation charges, net resulted in an effective tax rate of 21.82 percent and 21.43 percent for the three and six months ended October 30, 2009, respectively. Excluding the impact of the restructuring and certain litigation charges, net in the three and six months ended October 30, 2009, our operational and tax strategies have resulted in a non-GAAP nominal tax rate of 20.80 percent and 20.57 percent, respectively, versus the U.S. Federal statutory rate of 35.0 percent. An increase in our nominal tax rate of 1 percent would result in an additional income tax provision for the three and six months ended October 30, 2009 of approximately $10 million and $21 million, respectively. See discussion of the tax rate and the tax adjustments in the “Income Taxes” section of this management’s discussion and analysis.

Valuation of IPR&D, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

When we acquire a company, the purchase price is allocated, as applicable, among IPR&D, other identifiable intangible assets, net tangible assets and goodwill as required by U.S. GAAP. IPR&D is defined as the value assigned to those projects for which the related products have not received regulatory approval and have no alternative future use. Determining the portion of the purchase price allocated to IPR&D and other intangible assets requires us to make significant estimates. The amount of the purchase price allocated to IPR&D and other intangible assets is determined by estimating the future cash flows of each project or technology and discounting the net cash flows back to their present values. The discount rate used is determined at the time of the acquisition in accordance with accepted valuation methods. For IPR&D, these valuation methodologies include consideration of the risk of the project not achieving commercial feasibility.

Goodwill represents the excess of the aggregate purchase price over the fair value of net assets, including IPR&D, of acquired businesses. Goodwill is tested for impairment annually, or more frequently if changes in circumstance or the occurrence of events suggest that the carrying amount may be impaired.

The test for impairment requires us to make several estimates about fair value, most of which are based on projected future cash flows. Our estimates associated with the goodwill impairment tests are considered critical due to the amount of goodwill recorded on our condensed consolidated balance sheets and the judgment required in determining fair value amounts, including projected future cash flows. Goodwill was $8.232 billion and $8.195 billion as of October 30, 2009 and April 24, 2009, respectively.

Other intangible assets consist primarily of purchased technology, patents, and trademarks which are amortized using the straight-line or accelerated basis, as appropriate, over their estimated useful lives, ranging from 3 to 20 years. As of October 30, 2009, all of our intangible assets have definite lives and are amortized on a straight-line basis. We review these intangible assets for impairment annually or as changes in circumstance or the occurrence of events suggest the remaining value may not be recoverable. Other intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization, were $2.364 billion and $2.477 billion as of October 30, 2009 and April 24, 2009, respectively.

NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

Information regarding new accounting pronouncements is included in Note 2 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q.

32


ACQUISITIONS

Three and six months ended October 30, 2009

In August 2009, we acquired certain intangible assets related to the distribution of coronary products within the CardioVascular Japan business. In connection with the acquisition, we recorded $29 million of intangible assets with an estimated useful life of five years.

Three and six months ended October 24, 2008

In July 2008, we acquired Restore Medical, Inc. (Restore). Under the terms of the agreement, Restore shareholders received $1.60 per share in cash for each share of Restore common stock they owned. Total consideration for the transaction, net of cash acquired, was approximately $29 million. Restore’s Pillar Palatal Implant System (Pillar System) provides us with a minimally invasive, implantable medical device used to treat the soft palate component of sleep breathing disorders, including mild to moderate obstructive sleep apnea and snoring. The pro forma impact of Restore was not significant to our results for the three and six months ended October 24, 2008.

In addition to the acquisitions disclosed above, we periodically acquire certain tangible or intangible assets in transactions that do not otherwise warrant separate disclosure. These transactions are largely reflected in the condensed consolidated statements of cash flows as a component of investing activities under purchase of intellectual property.

NET SALES

The table below illustrates net sales by product line and operating segment for the three and six months ended October 30, 2009 and October 24, 2008:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Three months ended

 

 

 

 

Six months ended

 

 

 

 

(dollars in millions)

 

October 30,
2009

 

October 24,
2008

 

%
Change

 

October 30,
2009

 

October 24,
2008

 

%
Change

 

Defibrillation Systems

 

$

754

 

$

724

 

 

4

%

$

1,529

 

$

1,488

 

 

3

%

Pacing Systems

 

 

498

 

 

506

 

 

(2

)

 

1,033

 

 

1,033

 

 

 

Other

 

 

26

 

 

12

 

 

117

 

 

53

 

 

25

 

 

112

 

CARDIAC RHYTHM DISEASE MANAGEMENT

 

 

1,278

 

 

1,242

 

 

3

 

 

2,615

 

 

2,546

 

 

3

 

Core Spinal

 

 

642

 

 

631

 

 

2

 

 

1,338

 

 

1,268

 

 

6

 

Biologics

 

 

220

 

 

198

 

 

11

 

 

439

 

 

419

 

 

5

 

SPINAL

 

 

862

 

 

829

 

 

4

 

 

1,777

 

 

1,687

 

 

5

 

Coronary

 

 

369

 

 

315

 

 

17

 

 

722

 

 

665

 

 

9

 

Endovascular

 

 

121

 

 

95

 

 

27

 

 

239

 

 

182

 

 

31

 

Structural Heart

 

 

206

 

 

186

 

 

11

 

 

424

 

 

380

 

 

12

 

CARDIOVASCULAR

 

 

696

 

 

596

 

 

17

 

 

1,385

 

 

1,227

 

 

13

 

NEUROMODULATION

 

 

384

 

 

343

 

 

12

 

 

757

 

 

691

 

 

10

 

DIABETES

 

 

300

 

 

272

 

 

10

 

 

594

 

 

541

 

 

10

 

SURGICAL TECHNOLOGIES

 

 

224

 

 

213

 

 

5

 

 

451

 

 

415

 

 

9

 

PHYSIO-CONTROL

 

 

94

 

75

25

 

192

 

169

 

14

TOTAL

 

$

3,838

$

3,570

8

%

$

7,771

$

7,276

7

%

Net sales for the three and six months ended October 30, 2009 were unfavorably impacted by foreign currency translation of $16 million and $161 million, respectively, when compared to the same periods of the prior fiscal year. The primary exchange rate movements that impacted our consolidated net sales growth were the U.S. dollar as compared to the Euro and the Japanese Yen. The impact of foreign currency fluctuations on net sales was not indicative of the impact on net earnings due to the offsetting foreign currency impact on operating costs and expenses and our hedging activities. See “Item 3 – Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk” in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q and Note 8 to the consolidated financial statements included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 24, 2009 for further details on foreign currency instruments and our related risk management strategies.

33


Cardiac Rhythm Disease Management

CRDM products consist primarily of pacemakers, implantable defibrillators, leads and delivery systems, ablation products, electrophysiology catheters, products for the treatment of atrial fibrillation (AF) and information systems for the management of patients with our devices. CRDM net sales for the three and six months ended October 30, 2009 were $1.278 billion and $2.615 billion, respectively, both an increase of 3 percent when compared to the same periods of the prior fiscal year. Foreign currency translation had an unfavorable impact on net sales for the three and six months ended October 30, 2009 of approximately $7 million and $61 million, respectively, when compared to the same periods of the prior fiscal year.

Worldwide net sales of Defibrillation Systems, our largest product line, for the three and six months ended October 30, 2009 were $754 million and $1.529 billion, an increase of 4 percent and 3 percent, respectively, when compared to the same periods of the prior fiscal year. Foreign currency translation had an unfavorable impact on net sales growth of approximately $10 million and $37 million for the three and six months ended October 30, 2009, respectively, when compared to the same periods of the prior fiscal year. The increase is primarily the result of net sales growth within our new Vision 3D portfolio, specifically from worldwide sales of Secura implantable cardioverter defibrillators (ICDs) and Consulta cardiac resynchronization therapy-defibrillators (CRT-Ds). Both the Secura ICDs and Consulta CRT-Ds feature Optivol Fluid Status Monitoring and Conexus wireless technology which allows for remote transfer of patient data and enables easier communication between the implanted device and programmer at the time of implant, during follow-up in a clinician’s office or remotely using a patient home monitor. Additionally, net sales in the U.S. for the three months and six months ended October 30, 2009 were positively impacted by the Attain Ability left-heart lead. The Attain Ability left-heart lead offers a thin lead body, providing physicians a tool to deliver therapy to hard-to-reach areas of the heart in heart failure patients. The Attain Ability left-heart lead became commercially available in the U.S. in the first quarter of fiscal year 2010.

Pacing Systems net sales for the three and six months ended October 30, 2009 were $498 million and $1.033 billion, respectively. Net sales for the three months ended October 30, 2009 decreased 2 percent, in comparison to the same period of the prior fiscal year, and net sales for the six months ended October 30, 2009 were flat in comparison to the same period of the prior fiscal year. The decrease in net sales for the three months ended October 30, 2009 is primarily a result of the slowdown in the Japan market as a result of the Kappa/Sigma field action that was announced in early fiscal year 2010. Net sales remained flat for the six months ended October 30, 2009 primarily as a result of modest growth outside the U.S. in the Adapta family of pacemakers, including the Adapta and Sensia models. In addition, the modest growth outside the U.S. was offset as a result of the Kappa/Sigma field action in Japan. The Adapta family of pacemakers incorporates several automatic features to help physicians improve pacing therapy and streamline the patient follow-up process, potentially minimizing the amount of time spent in a physician’s office. Adapta offers Managed Ventricular Pacing, or MVP, which is an atrial based pacing mode that significantly reduces unnecessary pacing in the right ventricle while providing the safety of a dual chamber backup if necessary. Clinical studies have suggested that reducing this unnecessary pacing in the right ventricle may decrease the risk of developing heart failure and atrial fibrillation, a potentially life-threatening irregular heartbeat.

Looking ahead, we expect our CRDM operating segment should be impacted by the following:

 

 

 

 

The future and continued acceptance of our Vision 3D portfolio, which represents a common technology platform comprised of a full line of ICDs, CRT-Ds, pacemakers and cardiac resynchronization therapy-pacemakers (CRT-Ps) to address the needs of patients with arrhythmias, heart failure and those at risk of sudden cardiac arrest. The Secura ICD and the Consulta CRT-D, the portfolio’s first ICD and CRT-D devices, became commercially available in the U.S. in the second quarter of fiscal year 2009. The Secura ICD and Consulta CRT-D were commercially available in Western Europe beginning in the first quarter of fiscal year 2009 and we successfully launched the Secura ICD and the Consulta CRT-D in Japan in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2009. The devices within the Vision 3D portfolio provide enhanced follow-up and automaticity features and create meaningful manufacturing synergies.

 

 

 

 

Increased use in the U.S. of devices with OptiVol Fluid Status Monitoring (OptiVol), which was granted reimbursement effective January 1, 2009. OptiVol is found on certain Medtronic CRT-Ds and ICDs and uses low electrical pulses that travel across the thoracic cavity to measure the level of resistance, indicating fluid in the chest, which is a common symptom of heart failure. OptiVol’s ability to measure fluid status trends over time can provide important insights that are used in conjunction with ongoing monitoring of other patient symptoms.

 

 

 

 

The launch and acceptance of Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI) safe pacing systems. In November 2008, we launched the EnRhythm MRI SureScan pacing system (EnRhythm MRI) in certain European countries. EnRhythm MRI was the first pacemaker system to be developed and tested specifically for safe use in MRI machines under specified scanning conditions. Both EnRhythm MRI and Advisa DR MRI are designed to address and mitigate interactions between the pacing system and the magnetic resonance environment. Advisa DR MRI and EnRhythm MRI are expected to launch in Europe and the U.S., respectively, in the first half of fiscal year 2011.

34


 

 

 

 

Continued U.S. acceptance of the Reveal XT Insertable Cardiac Monitor (ICM), which offers comprehensive remote monitoring capabilities via the Medtronic CareLink Service and allows physicians to confirm or rule out an abnormal heart rhythm. The Reveal XT ICM became commercially available in the U.S. in February 2009.

 

 

 

 

The continued U.S. acceptance of the Attain Ability left-heart lead. The Attain Ability left-heart lead is commercially available in every major market in the world.

 

 

 

 

The continued integration of our recent investments in what we believe are two breakthrough atrial fibrillation therapy systems. In November 2008, we acquired CryoCath Technologies Inc. (CryoCath), a medical technology company that develops cryotherapy products to treat cardiac arrhythmias. CryoCath’s Arctic Front product is a minimally invasive cryo-balloon catheter designed specifically to treat atrial fibrillation and is currently approved in certain markets outside the U.S. Artic Front is expected to launch in the U.S. in the first half of fiscal year 2011. In addition, in February 2009 we acquired Ablation Frontiers, Inc. (Ablation Frontiers), a company that develops radiofrequency (RF) ablation solutions for treatment of atrial fibrillation. Ablation Frontiers’ system of ablation catheters and RF generator is currently approved in certain markets outside the U.S. and is anticipated to launch in the U.S. in the second half of fiscal year 2011.

 

 

 

 

Our ability to grow consistently with the market. Our growth in CRDM has been and will continue to be contingent upon continued market growth and our ability to increase or maintain our market position. The CRDM market is characterized by significant competition, and in the first half of fiscal year 2010, we believe that Medtronic’s growth was sequentially stable compared to the overall market.

Spinal

Spinal products include thoracolumbar, cervical, neuro monitoring, surgical access, bone graft substitutes and biologic products. Spinal net sales for the three and six months ended October 30, 2009 were $862 million and $1.777 billion, an increase of 4 percent and 5 percent, respectively, when compared to the same periods of the prior fiscal year. Foreign currency translation did not have a significant impact on net sales for the three months ended October 30, 2009, but had a $17 million unfavorable impact on net sales for the six months ended October 30, 2009 when compared to the same period of the prior fiscal year.

Core Spinal net sales for the three and six months ended October 30, 2009 were $642 million and $1.338 billion, an increase of 2 and 6 percent, respectively, when compared to the same periods of the prior fiscal year. Growth in the periods was primarily driven by continued acceptance of our products for the thoracolumbar region of the spine. Thoracolumbar net sales growth for the three and six months ended October 30, 2009 was driven by worldwide net sales of the CD Horizon Legacy family of products (CD HORIZON). Net sales growth in the U.S for both the three and six months ended October 30, 2009 increased primarily because of the load sharing CD HORIZON LEGACY Peek Rod System and the MAST CD HORIZON Sextant and CD HORIZON Longitude Systems. CD HORIZON is designed to provide procedural solutions for degenerative, deformity or trauma applications using color coded implants, unique minimally invasive instruments and ergonomic designs. Our market share in the Core Spinal business continues to experience pressure from the proliferation of smaller, public and privately held companies competing in the market. Core Spinal net sales growth outside the U.S. for both the three and six months ended October 30, 2009 was positively impacted from having sales from our joint venture with Shandong Weigao Group Medical Polymer Company Limited (Weigao) during these periods. The joint venture, which distributes Medtronic’s spinal products and Weigao’s orthopedic products in China, commenced operations at the end of the second quarter of fiscal year 2009. In addition, net sales growth was negatively impacted by the decrease in demand for Kyphon Balloon Kyphoplasty (BKP), we believe growth was negatively impacted by the recent veterbroplasty articles in the New England Journal of Medicine.

Biologics net sales for the three and six months ended October 30, 2009 were $220 million and $439 million, an increase of 11 percent and 5 percent, respectively, when compared to the same periods of the prior fiscal year. The increase is mainly due to the growth in sales of INFUSE Bone Graft and strong growth in other biologics, including MasterGraft and Progenix products. INFUSE Bone Graft contains a recombinant human morphogenic protein, or rhBMP-2, that induces the body to grow its own bone, eliminating the need for a painful second surgery to harvest bone from elsewhere in the body. INFUSE bone graft is indicated for use in spinal fusion with certain Medtronic titanium interbody fusion devices for single level lumbar degenerative disc disease; for acute, open tibial shaft fractures stabilized with IM nail fixation within 14 days of the initial fracture; and as an alternative to autogenous bone graft for sinus augmentations and for localized ridge augmentations for defects associated with extraction sockets.

Looking ahead, we expect our Spinal operating segment should be impacted by the following:

 

 

 

 

Continued acceptance of our products for stabilization of the thoracolumbar region of the spine, including the CD HORIZON LEGACY, MAST and PEEK Rod Systems.

35


 

 

 

 

The future acceptance of the TSRH 3Dx Spinal System, which was launched in November 2009. The TSRH 3Dx Spinal System offers two screws designed to address multiple pathologies. The Multi Planar Adjusting Screw option provides surgeons a variable angle posted screw for targeted, controlled correction maneuvers. The OSTEOGRIP Screw enhances bone fixation by incorporating a dual-lead thread pattern that reduces toggle at the bone-screw interface. This next generation pedicle screw system includes competitive differentiating technology for addressing multiple spinal pathologies, from degenerative disc disease to spinal deformity.

 

 

 

 

Improved procedural integration of our thoracolumbar and cervical fixation and interbody implant products with proprietary NIM neuro monitoring technologies and MAST Quadrant and METRx access technologies.

 

 

 

 

Full launch of the Solera Legacy products. As of the end of the second quarter of fiscal year 2010, we have begun a limited launch and anticipate the full roll-out of these products in fiscal year 2011.

 

 

 

 

Continued and future acceptance of our BKP technology and the anticipated launch of high pressure balloons and syringes, curettes, and fixation materials in fiscal years 2010 and 2011. In addition, the KYPHON Cement Delivery System (CDS) was launched in the U.S. in September 2009. CDS allows physicians to keep a farther distance from the radiation source during the cement delivery phase than with Medtronic’s current delivery system used in the balloon kyphoplasty procedure. It allows for the delivery of KYPHON HV-R Bone Cement with one-handed operation, preserving some tactile feel during delivery with the ability to halt bone cement flow on demand with the quick-release button. Additionally, we expect a positive impact from regulatory clearance and reimbursement approval for BKP in Japan during late fiscal year 2010 and early fiscal year 2011, respectively.

 

 

 

 

Increased presence in China as a result of our joint venture with Weigao to distribute Medtronic’s spinal products and Weigao’s orthopedic products in China.

 

 

 

 

The continued acceptance of the Atlantis Translational Cervical Plate System, the VERTEX SELECT Reconstruction System and the future acceptance of the recently launched PEEK PREVAIL Cervical Interbody Device. The Atlantis Translational Plate provides expanded options for our market leading anterior cervical portfolio. The VERTEX SELECT Reconstruction System offers adjustability through multiple plate designs, rods, screws and hooks that gives surgeons more options during surgery, enabling them to tailor the procedure to each patient’s needs. The PEEK PREVAIL Cervical Interbody Device offers surgeons another option for cervical interbody fusion procedures.

 

 

 

 

Continued regulatory, legal and media scrutiny of off-label use in medical devices.

CardioVascular

CardioVascular products consist of coronary and peripheral stents and related delivery systems, endovascular stent graft systems, heart valve replacement technologies, tissue ablation systems, and open heart and coronary bypass grafting surgical products. CardioVascular net sales for the three and six months ended October 30, 2009 were $696 million and $1.385 billion, an increase of 17 percent and 13 percent, respectively, when compared to the same periods in the prior fiscal year. Foreign currency translation had an unfavorable impact on net sales for the three and six months ended October 30, 2009 of approximately $5 million and $44 million, respectively, when compared to the same periods of the prior fiscal year.

Coronary net sales for the three and six months ended October 30, 2009 were $369 million and $722 million, an increase of 17 percent and 9 percent, respectively, when compared to the same periods in the prior fiscal year. The increase in net sales for the three and six months ended October 30, 2009 was primarily the result of the recent launch of Endeavor in Japan, strong sales of Endeavor in the U.S. and strong sales of Endeavor and the Endeavor Resolute drug-eluting stent (Endeavor Resolute) outside the U.S. Endeavor and Endeavor Resolute generated worldwide revenue of $192 million and $382 million for the three and six months ended October 30, 2009, respectively. In addition, in August 2009 we entered into a buyout agreement with our coronary distributor in Japan. In order to settle a preexisting relationship with this distributor, a revenue reversal of $18 million was recorded in the first quarter of fiscal year 2010 related to inventory previously sold to the distributor.

Endovascular net sales for the three and six months ended October 30, 2009 were $121 million and $239 million, an increase of 27 percent and 31 percent, respectively, when compared to the same periods in the prior fiscal year. The increase in net sales for the three and six months ended October 30, 2009 was primarily driven by increased sales in the U.S. of the Talent Abdominal Aortic Aneurysm (AAA) and Thoracic Stent Graft Systems and by our Endurant Abdominal Stent Graft System outside the U.S. The Endurant Abdominal Stent Graft System expands the applicability of endovascular aortic repair to more patients with abdominal aortic aneurysms by addressing those AAA patients whose aortas are highly angulated. The Endurant Abdominal Stent Graft System also enables treatment of patients with small or tortuous iliac arteries due to lower crossing profile of the delivery system.

36


Structural Heart Disease net sales for the three and six months ended October 30, 2009 were $206 million and $424 million, an increase of 11 percent and 12 percent, respectively, when compared to the same periods in the prior fiscal year. The increase in net sales for the three and six months ended October 30, 2009 was primarily due to growth outside the U.S. for our CoreValve transcatheter valve and by worldwide growth in our cannulae products.

Looking ahead, we expect our CardioVascular operating segment should be impacted by the following:

 

 

 

 

Continued acceptance of Endeavor in the Japan market. Endeavor received approval by the Japanese Ministry of Health, Labor and Welfare in fiscal year 2009 and was launched in Japan in the first quarter of fiscal year 2010. Endeavor is commercially available for the treatment of coronary artery disease in every major market in the world.

 

 

 

 

Continued acceptance of Endeavor Resolute in markets outside the U.S. Endeavor Resolute combines the proven drug and stent components of Endeavor with Biolinx, a proprietary biocompatible polymer specifically engineered for drug-eluting stent use. Biolinx facilitates the slower elution of Zotarolimus while providing excellent biocompatibility. The design goal of Endeavor Resolute is enhanced safety and efficacy in the most complex lesions and patients.

 

 

 

 

Further acceptance in the U.S. of the Talent AAA Stent Graft System. The Talent AAA Stent Graft System was launched in fiscal year 2009. Additionally, we anticipate further growth in the U.S. and in Japan from the Talent Thoracic Stent Graft System, which was initially released in the first quarter of fiscal year 2009 and the first quarter of fiscal year 2010, respectively.

 

 

 

 

Sales growth outside the U.S. with continued acceptance of our next generation Endurant Abdominal Stent Graft System and the launch of our Valiant Thoracic Stent Graft System on the recently released Captivia delivery system. Valiant Captivia received CE Mark approval and was commercially launched in the second quarter of fiscal year 2010, and the Endurant Abdominal Stent Graft System was commercially launched in fiscal year 2009.

 

 

 

 

Continued integration of Ventor Technologies Ltd. (Ventor) and CoreValve, Inc. (CoreValve) into our CardioVascular business. We acquired Ventor and CoreValve in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2009. Both Ventor and CoreValve are medical technology companies that develop transcatheter heart valve technologies for replacement of the aortic valve. The CoreValve transfemoral aorticvalve system has received CE Mark approval and is currently available outside the U.S., while Ventor is in development stage and does not yet have a product commercially available. We expect these acquisitions will allow us to pursue opportunities that have natural synergies with our existing CardioVascular franchise and leverage our global footprint.

Neuromodulation

Neuromodulation products consist of implantable neurostimulation systems, implantable drug delivery devices and urology and gastroenterology products. Neuromodulation net sales for the three and six months ended October 30, 2009 were $384 million and $757 million, an increase of 12 percent and 10 percent, respectively, when compared to the same periods of the prior fiscal year. Foreign currency translation did not have a significant impact on net sales for the three months ended October 30, 2009, but had an unfavorable impact on net sales for the six months ended October 30, 2009 of approximately $12 million when compared to the same period of the prior fiscal year.

Neuromodulation net sales for the three and six months ended October 30, 2009 were driven by increased worldwide sales of InterStim and Medtronic Deep Brain Stimulation (DBS) Therapies, primarily as a result of Activa PC and Activa RC neurostimulator sales in Europe and the first quarter fiscal year 2010 launch in the U.S.

Looking ahead, we expect our Neuromodulation operating segment should be impacted by the following:

 

 

 

 

Continued acceptance of our portfolio of primary cell and rechargeable neurostimulation systems, including surgical and percutaneous leads used in spinal cord stimulation. The portfolio of products includes the RestoreULTRA system offering an innovative patient programmer that allows patients to customize their pain control.

 

 

 

 

Our ability to consistently grow with the Pain Stimulation Management market, which is characterized by significant competition. We remain focused on a number of key initiatives in the areas of sales performance and therapy adoption growth, which we expect will strengthen our market leadership.

37


 

 

 

 

Continued and future acceptance of our Medtronic DBS Therapy for the treatment of common movement disorders, as well as a planned indication for epilepsy, which is now under review by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) for approval to market in the U.S. The DBS Therapy portfolio includes Activa PC, our smallest and most advanced primary cell battery, and Activa RC, the therapy’s first rechargeable device. We continue to educate neurologists and the patient population on the treatment options that Medtronic DBS Therapy offers them.

 

 

 

 

Continued acceptance of InterStim Therapy for the treatment of the symptoms of overactive bladder and urinary retention. InterStim Therapy is also approved for the treatment of bowel incontinence in Europe and is pending FDA approval, in the U.S.

 

 

 

 

Continued leadership in the implantable pump marketplace as we anticipate future competition.

Diabetes

Diabetes products consist of external insulin pumps and related consumables (together referred to as Durable Pump Systems) and subcutaneous continuous glucose monitoring (CGM) systems. Diabetes net sales for the three and six months ended October 30, 2009 were $300 million and $594 million, respectively, both an increase of 10 percent when compared to the same periods of the prior fiscal year. Foreign currency translation had an unfavorable impact on net sales for the three and six months ended October 30, 2009 of approximately $2 million and $16 million, respectively, when compared to the same periods of the prior fiscal year.

Durable Pump Systems net sales for the three and six months ended October 30, 2009 were $256 million and $509 million, respectively, both an increase of 5 percent when compared to the same periods of the prior fiscal year. For the three and six months ended October 30, 2009, the increase in net sales resulted from demand in the U.S. for the MiniMed Paradigm REAL-Time System and the increase in worldwide net sales of related consumables. The MiniMed Paradigm REAL-Time System integrates CGM and insulin functionality. Net sales of CGM systems and other accessories for the three and six months ended October 30, 2009 were $44 million and $85 million, respectively, both an increase of 52 percent when compared to the same periods of the prior fiscal year. Growth for each period was driven by strong acceptance of CGM systems worldwide and an increase in U.S. sales of glucose test strips. Additionally, net sales were to some extent negatively impacted during the first quarter of fiscal year 2010 from the July 2009 recall of specific lots of Quick-set infusion sets that are used with MiniMed Paradigm insulin pumps. The recall was initiated because the affected infusion sets may not allow the insulin pump to vent air pressure properly, which could potentially result in the device delivering too much or too little insulin. During the second quarter of fiscal year 2010, we reached settlements with the suppliers involved in the recall. We do not anticipate a significant impact to total net sales for fiscal year 2010.

Looking ahead, we expect our Diabetes operating segment should be impacted by the following:

 

 

 

 

Continued acceptance from both physicians and patients of insulin-pump therapy and continuous glucose monitoring therapy.

 

 

 

 

The continued acceptance and expanded launch of a series of new insulin pumps, including the MiniMed Paradigm Veo System, which offers low glucose suspend that assists in protecting against the risk of hypoglycemia by automatically suspending insulin delivery when glucose falls below a specified threshold set by the user. The MiniMed Paradigm Veo System will be launched in other markets outside the U.S. in the third quarter of fiscal year 2010. In addition, the next generation MiniMed Paradigm REAL-Time System is expected to be launched in the U.S. in the first half of calendar year 2010. The launch of this system will extend our line of sensor-augmented therapy options available on the market.

 

 

 

 

Continued acceptance and improved U.S. reimbursement of the i Pro CGM, a Professional CGM recorder that provides physicians valuable insight into their patients’ glucose levels.

 

 

 

 

Potential stagnation in consumer spending. Given the elective nature of an insulin pump and CGM for the management of diabetes and the possible high out-of-pocket costs to the customer, there is potential exposure to macroeconomic pressures which could negatively impact the near-term sales growth within Diabetes.

Surgical Technologies

Surgical Technologies products are used to treat conditions of the ear, nose and throat (ENT), and certain neurological disorders. Additionally, we manufacture and sell image-guided surgery systems and intra operative imagining systems. Our portfolio consists of powered tissue-removal systems and other microendoscopy instruments, implantable devices, nerve monitoring systems, disposable fluid-control products, a Ménière’s disease therapy device, hydrocephalus shunt devices, external drainage systems, cranial fixation devices, neuroendoscopes, dura repair products and image-guided surgery (IGS) systems. Surgical Technologies net sales for the three and six months ended October 30, 2009 were $224 million and $451 million, an increase of 5 percent and 9 percent, respectively, when compared to the same periods of the prior fiscal year. Foreign currency translation had an unfavorable impact on net sales for the three and six months ended October 30, 2009 of approximately $2 million and $8 million, respectively, when compared to the same periods of the prior fiscal year.

38


Surgical Technologies net sales for the three and six months ended October 30, 2009 were driven by strong performance worldwide in nerve monitoring products, power disposables and the continued success of the Fusion EM IGS System in the U.S., which is an advanced electromagnetic-based image-guided surgery system to facilitate sinus surgeries. In addition, net sales for the three months ended October 30, 2009 increased as a result of service revenue in the U.S. and for the six months ended October 30, 2009 net sales increased outside the U.S. as a result of the O-Arm Imaging System, which is a multi-dimensional surgical imaging platform that is optimized for use in spine and orthopedic surgery.

Looking ahead, we expect our Surgical Technologies operating segment should be impacted by the following:

 

 

 

 

Continued acceptance in the U.S. of our Fusion EM IGS System.

 

 

 

 

Continued acceptance of the StealthStation S7 System and the Synergy Cranial 2.0 software, which were both launched in fiscal year 2009. The Synergy Cranial 2.0 software completed the software offering for cranial procedures on the StealthStation S7 System hardware platform. We look forward to the future acceptance of the Synergy Cranial software. Synergy Cranial 2.1 was launched in the second quarter of fiscal year 2010.

 

 

 

 

Continued adoption of power systems for sinus procedures outside the U.S., as well as continued global adoption of nerve monitoring for ENT and thyroid procedures.

 

 

 

 

Future acceptance of new products, including NIM 3.0, a next generation nerve monitoring system, which we launched in the first quarter of fiscal year 2010 and the MR7 Pneumatic Drill, which we launched in the second quarter of fiscal year 2010.

 

 

 

 

Continued and future acceptance of the O-Arm Imaging System in the U.S. and outside the U.S. The O-Arm Imaging System was launched in Japan during the first quarter of fiscal year 2010.

 

 

 

 

Potential stagnation in consumer and hospital spending as a result of the economic downturn. Given the elective nature of many of the underlying ENT procedures and the large capital equipment component of the Surgical Technologies businesses, there is potential exposure to macroeconomic pressures that could negatively impact the near-term sales growth within Surgical Technologies.

Continued net sales growth in all operating segments is contingent on many factors, including our ability to gain further market share, penetrate existing markets, develop new products, improve existing products and develop new markets.

COSTS AND EXPENSES

The following is a summary of major costs and expenses as a percent of net sales:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Three months ended

 

Six months ended

 

 

 

October 30,
2009

 

October 24,
2008

 

October 30,
2009

 

October 24,
2008

 

Cost of products sold

 

 

24.0

%

 

24.7

%

 

24.3

%

 

23.9

%

Research & development

 

 

9.6

 

 

9.1

 

 

9.5

 

 

8.9

 

Selling, general & administrative

 

 

34.5

 

 

35.4

 

 

34.6

 

 

35.5

 

Restructuring

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.8

 

 

1.3

 

Certain litigation charges, net

 

 

(1.8

)

 

7.5

 

 

4.8

 

 

3.7

 

IPR&D

 

 

 

 

0.5

 

 

 

 

0.2

 

Other expense, net

 

 

3.4

 

 

4.0

 

 

2.9

 

 

4.0

 

Interest expense, net

 

 

1.4

 

 

1.3

 

 

1.6

 

 

1.3

 

39


Cost of Products Sold

Cost of products sold for the three and six months ended October 30, 2009, as a percent of net sales, decreased 0.7 of a percentage point for the three months ended October 30, 2009 and increased 0.4 of a percentage point for the six months ended October 30, 2009. Cost of products sold as a percent of net sales in the three months ended October 30, 2009 was negatively impacted by 0.7 of a percentage point from foreign currency adjustments. This was offset by 1.4 percentage points of favorable spending impact, the majority of which is due to the write-off of inventory during the comparable period last year due to the launch of angioplasty products in our CardioVascular business on a rapid exchange delivery system in the U.S. Cost of products sold as a percent of net sales in the six months ended October 30, 2009 was negatively impacted by 0.8 of a percentage point from foreign currency adjustments, offset by 0.4 of a percentage point in favorable margin variances, the majority of which was due to the launch of Endeavor in Japan.

Research and Development

Consistent with prior periods, we have continued to invest in the future by spending aggressively on research and development efforts. For the three and six months ended October 30, 2009, research and development spending was $369 million and $739 million, or 9.6 percent and 9.5 percent of net sales, respectively. Research and development spending for the three and six months ended October 24, 2008 was $326 million and $650 million, or 9.1 percent and 8.9 percent of net sales, respectively. We remain committed to developing technological enhancements and new indications for existing products, and less invasive and new technologies to address unmet medical needs. That commitment leads to our initiation and participation in numerous clinical trials. Furthermore, we expect our development activities to help reduce patient care costs and the length of hospital stays in the future. In addition to our investment in research and development, we continue to access new technologies in areas served by our existing businesses, as well as in new areas, through acquisitions, licensing agreements, alliances and certain strategic equity investments.

Selling, General and Administrative

Selling, general and administrative expense for the three months ended October 30, 2009, as a percent of net sales decreased by 0.9 of a percentage point to 34.5 percent, as compared to the same period of the prior fiscal year. For the six months ended October 30, 2009, there was a decrease as a percent of net sales of 0.9 of a percentage point to 34.6 percent, as compared to the same period of the prior fiscal year. For the three and six months ended October 30, 2009, our initiatives to leverage our cost structure helped reduce selling, general and administrative expense. This decrease was partially offset by an increase in legal expenses driven by an increasing amount of government scrutiny on the medical device industry during the six months ended October 30, 2009 as compared to the same period of the prior fiscal year.

Restructuring, Certain Litigation and IPR&D Charges

Restructuring, certain litigation and IPR&D charges for the three and six months ended October 30, 2009 and October 24, 2008 were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Three months ended

 

Six months ended

 

(dollars in millions)

 

October 30,
2009

 

October 24,
2008

 

October 30,
2009

 

October 24,
2008

 

Restructuring charges

 

$

 

$

 

$

69

 

$

96

 

Certain litigation charges, net

 

 

(70

)

 

266

 

 

374

 

 

266

 

IPR&D charges

 

 

 

 

18

 

 

 

 

18

 

Total restructuring, certain litigation and IPR&D charges

 

 

(70

)

 

284

 

 

443

 

 

380

 

Net tax impact of restructuring, certain litigation and IPR&D charges

 

 

26

 

 

(97

)

 

(77

)

 

(127

)

Total restructuring, certain litigation and IPR&D charges, net of tax

 

$

(44

)

$

187

 

$

366

 

$

253

 

Restructuring

Fiscal Year 2009 Initiative

In the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2009, we recorded a $34 million restructuring charge, which consisted of employee termination costs of $29 million and asset write-downs of $5 million. As part of our “One Medtronic” strategy, we continued to pursue opportunities to streamline the organization and standardize or centralize certain functional activities which were not unique to individual businesses. In connection with these efforts to create “One Medtronic,” this initiative was designed to streamline operations, by further consolidating manufacturing and eliminating certain non-core product lines, and to further align resources around our higher growth opportunities. This initiative impacted most businesses and certain corporate functions. Of the $5 million of asset write-downs, $3 million related to inventory write-offs and production-related asset impairments and therefore was recorded within cost of products sold in the consolidated statement of earnings. The employee termination costs of $29 million consisted of severance and the associated costs of continued medical benefits and outplacement services.

40


As a continuation of the fiscal year 2009 initiative, in the first quarter of fiscal year 2010 we incurred $72 million of incremental restructuring charges, which consisted of employee termination costs of $62 million and asset write-downs of $10 million. Of the $10 million of asset write-downs, $7 million related to inventory write-offs and production-related asset impairments and therefore was recorded within cost of products sold in the condensed consolidated statement of earnings. Included in the $62 million restructuring charge was $9 million of incremental defined benefit pension and post-retirement related expenses for those employees who accepted early retirement packages. For further discussion on the incremental defined benefit pension and post-retirement related expenses, see Note 19 to the condensed consolidated financial statements.

In connection with the fiscal year 2009 restructuring initiative, as of the end of the first quarter of fiscal year 2010, we had identified approximately 1,500 positions for elimination which will be achieved through early retirement packages offered to employees, voluntary separation and involuntary separation. Of these 1,500 positions, approximately 1,100 positions have been eliminated as of October 30, 2009. The restructuring initiatives are scheduled to be substantially complete by the end of the first quarter of fiscal year 2011 and are expected to produce annualized operating savings of approximately $125 million. These savings will arise mostly from reduced compensation expense.

Global Realignment Initiative

In the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2008, we began a global realignment initiative which focused on shifting resources to those areas where we had the greatest opportunities for growth and streamlining operations to drive operating leverage. The global realignment initiative impacted most businesses and certain corporate functions.

In the first quarter of fiscal year 2010, we recorded an $8 million reversal of excess reserves primarily as a result of favorable severance negotiations as well as a higher than expected percentage of employees identified for elimination finding positions elsewhere in the Company. This $8 million reversal of excess reserves was partially offset by a $5 million charge we recorded in the first quarter of fiscal year 2010 related to the further write-down of a non-inventory related asset resulting from the continued decline in the international real estate market.

In connection with the global realignment initiative, as of the end of the first quarter of fiscal year 2009, we had identified approximately 900 positions for elimination which were achieved through both voluntary and involuntary separation. As of October 30, 2009 the restructuring initiatives were substantially complete and are expected to produce annualized operating savings of approximately $96 million. These savings will arise mostly from reduced compensation expense.

Certain Litigation Charges, Net

We classify material litigation reserves and gains recognized as certain litigation charges, net. During the three and six months ended October 30, 2009, we recorded and received a certain litigation gain of $70 million and a certain litigation charge of $374 million, respectively. During the three months ended October 30, 2009, the Company recorded a certain litigation gain of $70 million related to the resolution of outstanding patent litigation with W.L. Gore & Associates, Inc. (Gore) for selected patents in Medtronic’s Jervis and Wiktor patent families. The terms of the agreement stipulate that neither party will sue each other in the defined field of use, subject to certain conditions. Medtronic granted Gore a worldwide, irrevocable, non-exclusive license in the defined field of use. In addition and subject to certain conditions, Gore will pay Medtronic a quarterly payment beginning in January 2010 through the fiscal quarter ending October 2018.

During the first quarter of fiscal year 2010, the Company recorded certain litigation charges of $444 million related to the global resolution of all outstanding intellectual property litigation with Abbott Laboratories (Abbott). The terms of the agreement stipulate that neither party will sue each other in the field of coronary stent and stent delivery systems for a period of at least 10 years, subject to certain conditions. Both parties also agreed to a cross-license of the disputed patents within the defined field. The $444 million settlement amount includes a $400 million payment made to Abbott and a $42 million success payment made to evYsio Medical Devices, LLC (evYsio). In addition, a $2 million payment was made to evYsio in connection with an amendment to the parties’ existing agreement in order to expand the scope of the definition of the license field from evYsio.

41


During the three and six months ended October 24, 2008, we incurred certain litigation charges of $266 million. Of the amount recorded, $229 million relates to litigation with Cordis Corporation (Cordis), a subsidiary of Johnson & Johnson (J&J). The Cordis litigation originated in October 1997 and pertains to patent infringement claims on previous generations of bare metal stents that are no longer on the market. In September 2008, the U.S. District Court entered final judgment including accrued interest, totaling approximately $521 million, to Cordis. We had previously recorded a charge of $243 million related to this litigation in the third quarter of fiscal year 2008. At the time the $243 million charge was recorded, the range of potential loss related to this matter was subject to a high degree of estimation. The amount recorded represented an estimate of the low end of the range of probable outcomes related to the matter. Given that the Company and J&J are involved in a number of litigation matters which span across businesses, we entered into negotiations with J&J in an attempt to settle some of the additional litigation simultaneous with the payment of this judgment. Ultimately, the agreement reached with Cordis required a total cash payment of $472 million, which included the settlement of several outstanding legal matters between the parties. The charge of $229 million in the three months ended October 24, 2008 is the net result of $472 million in cash payments, offset by the existing reserves on the balance sheet including interest accrued on the $243 million since the date established. The remainder of the certain litigation charge of $37 million relates to costs for the settlement of litigation that originated in May 2006 with Fastenetix LLC (Fastenetix), a patent holding company. The agreement reached with Fastenetix required a total cash payment of $125 million for the settlement of ongoing litigation and the purchase of patents. Of the $125 million, $37 million was assigned to past damages in the case and the remaining $88 million was recorded as purchased intellectual property that has an estimated useful life of 7 years. As of October 24, 2008, all of these amounts have been paid.

IPR&D Charges

There were no IPR&D charges during the three and six months ended October 30, 2009.

During the three and six months ended October 24, 2008, we recorded $18 million of IPR&D charges related to the purchase of certain intellectual property for use in our Spinal business. These payments were expensed as IPR&D since technological feasibility of the underlying project had not yet been reached and such technology has no future alternative use.

Other Expense, Net

Other expense, net includes intellectual property amortization expense, royalty income and expense, realized equity security gains and losses, realized foreign currency transaction and derivative gains and losses and impairment charges on equity securities. Other expense, net for the three and six months ended October 30, 2009 was $130 million and $224 million, respectively, compared to $143 million and $294 million, respectively, for the same periods in the prior fiscal year. The decrease of $13 million for the three months ended October 30, 2009 was primarily due to the impact of foreign currency gains and losses. Total foreign currency losses recorded in the second quarter of fiscal year 2010 were $3 million compared to losses of $42 million in the same period of the prior fiscal year, slightly offset by an increase in amortization of intangible assets related to our AF and transcatheter valve acquisitions. The decrease of $70 million for the six months ended October 30, 2009 was primarily due to foreign currency gains and losses. Total foreign currency gains recorded for the six months ended October 30, 2009 were $28 million compared to $109 million in losses in the same period of the prior fiscal year, partially offset by a decrease in royalty income and an increase in the amortization of intangible assets related to our AF and transcathether valve acquisitions.

Interest Expense, Net

Interest expense, net includes interest earned on our investments, interest paid on our borrowings, amortization of debt issuance costs and the net realized gain or loss on the sale or impairment of available-for-sale (AFS) debt securities. For the three and six months ended October 30, 2009, we had interest expense, net of $54 million and $121 million, respectively, as compared to interest expense, net of $48 million and $95 million for the same periods of the prior fiscal year. The increase in interest expense, net during the three and six months ended October 30, 2009 is primarily the result of increased interest expense as we issued new debt in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2009 and decreased interest income as interest rates decreased from the second quarter of fiscal year 2009.

42


INCOME TAXES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Three months ended

 

Six months ended

 

(dollars in millions)

 

October 30,
2009

 

October 24,
2008

 

October 30,
2009

 

October 24,
2008

 

Provision for income taxes

 

$

242

 

$

76

 

$

358

 

$

268

 

Effective tax rate

 

 

21.82

%

 

12.33

%

 

21.43

%

 

17.49

%

Impact of restructuring, certain litigation and IPR&D charges

 

 

(1.02

)

 

6.79

 

 

(0.86

)

 

3.15

 

Non-GAAP nominal tax rate (1)

 

 

20.80

%

 

19.12

%

 

20.57

%

 

20.64

%


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Non-GAAP nominal tax rate is defined as the income tax provision as a percentage of earnings before income taxes, excluding restructuring, certain litigation and IPR&D charges. We believe that the resulting non-GAAP financial measure provides useful information to investors because it excludes the effect of these discrete items so that investors can compare our recurring results over multiple periods. Investors should consider this non-GAAP measure in addition to, and not as a substitute for, financial performance measures prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. In addition, this non-GAAP financial measure may not be the same as similar measures presented by other companies.

Our effective tax rate for the three and six months ended October 30, 2009 was 21.82 percent and 21.43 percent, respectively, compared to 12.33 percent and 17.49 percent, respectively, from the same periods of the prior fiscal year. The change in our effective tax rate for both the three and six months ended October 30, 2009 was primarily due to the impact of restructuring, certain litigation and IPR&D charges, the impact of tax benefits derived from our international operations, and operational tax benefits discussed below. Our non-GAAP nominal tax rate for the three and six months ended October 30, 2009 was 20.80 percent and 20.57 percent, respectively, compared to 19.12 percent and 20.64 percent from the same periods of the prior fiscal year. The change in the Company’s non-GAAP nominal tax rate for the three and six months ended October 30, 2009 as compared to the same periods of the prior fiscal year was due to the impact of tax benefits derived from our international operations and operational tax benefits discussed below.

During the six months ended October 30, 2009, we recorded $9 million of tax benefits associated with Irish research and development credit claims, the deductibility of a settlement expense, the finalization of certain foreign tax returns and changes to uncertain tax position reserves. During the same period of the prior fiscal year, we recorded a $16 million operational tax benefit associated with the retroactive renewal and extension of the research and development credit enacted by the Tax Extenders and Alternative Minimum Tax Relief Act of 2008. The $16 million tax benefit related to a retroactive adjustment for the first seven months of calendar year 2008. These tax adjustments are operational in nature and are recorded in provision for income taxes on the condensed consolidated statements of earnings.

As of October 30, 2009, there have been no changes to significant unresolved matters with the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (IRS) or foreign tax authorities from what was previously disclosed in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 24, 2009.

See Note 15 to the condensed consolidated financial statements for additional information.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(dollars in millions)

 

October 30,
2009

 

April 24,
2009

 

Working capital

 

$

4,034

 

$

4,305

 

Current ratio*

 

 

2.2:1.0

 

 

2.4:1.0

 

Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments

 

$

1,542

 

$

1,676

 

Long-term investments in debt securities**

 

 

3,194

 

 

2,242

 

Cash, cash equivalents, short-term investments and long-term debt securities

 

$

4,736

 

$

3,918

 

Short-term borrowings and long-term debt

 

$

7,496

 

$

6,775

 

Net cash position***

 

$

(2,760

)

$

(2,857

)


 

 

 

*

 

Current ratio is the ratio of current assets to current liabilities.

**

 

Long-term investments include debt securities with a maturity date greater than one year from the end of the period.

***

 

Net cash position is the sum of cash, cash equivalents, short-term investments and long-term investments in debt securities less short-term borrowings and long-term debt.

We believe our liquidity remains strong as of October 30, 2009 and our strong balance sheet and liquidity provide us with flexibility in the future. We believe our existing cash and investments, as well as our unused lines of credit and commercial paper capacity of $2.230 billion, if needed, will satisfy our foreseeable working capital requirements for at least the next twelve months. However, we periodically consider various financing alternatives and may, from time to time, seek to take advantage of favorable interest rate environments or other market conditions. At October 30, 2009, our Standard and Poor’s Ratings Group and Moody’s Investors Service ratings remain unchanged as compared to the fiscal year ended April 24, 2009, with long-term debt ratings of AA- and A1, respectively, and strong short-term debt ratings of A-1+ and P-1.

43


We have future contractual obligations and other minimum commercial commitments that are entered into in the normal course of business. We believe our off-balance sheet arrangements do not have a material current or anticipated future effect on our consolidated earnings, financial position or cash flows. See the “Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Long-Term Contractual Obligations” section of this management’s discussion and analysis for further information.

When applicable, Note 20 to the condensed consolidated financial statements provides information regarding amounts we have accrued, if any, related to significant legal proceedings. In accordance with U.S. GAAP, we record a liability in our consolidated financial statements for these actions when a loss is known or considered probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated. For the six months ended October 30, 2009, we have made significant payments related to certain legal proceedings. For information regarding these payments, refer to Note 16 of the consolidated financial statements included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 24, 2009 and Note 5 of the current periods condensed consolidated financial statements.

At October 30, 2009 and April 24, 2009, approximately $4.331 billion and $3.628 billion, respectively, of cash, cash equivalents, short-term investments and long-term investments in debt securities were held by our non-U.S. subsidiaries. These funds are available for use by worldwide operations; however, if these funds were repatriated to the U.S. or used for U.S. operations, the amounts would generally be subject to U.S. tax. As a result, we have not chosen to repatriate this cash but instead use cash generated from U.S. operations and short- and long-term borrowings to meet our U.S. cash needs. Long-term investments also include $158 million of cash invested in government securities held in an indemnification trust established for self-insurance coverage on our directors and officers. These investments are restricted and are the property of the trust and can only be used to indemnify or advance expenses related to claims against our directors and/or officers.

The IRS has issued guidance that expands the ability of a U.S. corporation to obtain financing from its foreign subsidiaries without the financing acting as a deemed repatriation of cash. At October 30, 2009, Medtronic, Inc., our parent corporation, had outstanding borrowings of approximately $600 million from one of our non-U.S. subsidiaries. The proceeds of this inter-company note were used to reduce short-term borrowings (and also reduced cash and short-term investments as of October 30, 2009). Subsequent to the quarter ended October 30, 2009, we repaid this inter-company note to our non-U.S. subsidiary using proceeds from short-term borrowings. None of these borrowings acted as a repatriation of cash to the U.S.

We have investments in marketable debt securities that are classified and accounted for as available-for-sale. Our debt securities include government securities, commercial paper, corporate debt securities, bank certificates of deposit and mortgage backed and other asset backed securities including auction rate securities. Market conditions during the first half of fiscal year 2010 and subsequent to our October 30, 2009 quarter-end continue to indicate significant uncertainty on the part of investors on the economic outlook for the U.S. and for financial institutions. This uncertainty has created reduced liquidity across the fixed income investment market, including certain securities in which we have invested. As a result, some of our investments have experienced reduced liquidity including unsuccessful monthly auctions for our auction rate security holdings. Although certain securities are illiquid, if we required capital we believe we could liquidate a substantial amount of our portfolio and incur no material impairment loss or borrow under our commercial paper program or lines of credit.

For the three and six months ended October 30, 2009, other-than-temporary impairment losses on AFS debt securities were $15 million and $27 million, respectively, of which $12 million and $17 million, respectively, was recognized in other comprehensive income resulting in $3 million and $10 million, respectively, of charges being recognized in earnings. In determining this other-than-temporary impairment loss, U.S. GAAP specifies that we consider a variety of factors, including the quality and estimated value of the underlying credit support for our holding and the financial condition and credit rating of the issuer in estimating the credit loss portion of other-than-temporary impairment losses. Based on our assessment of the credit quality of the underlying collateral and credit support available to each of the remaining securities in which we are invested, we believe we have recorded all necessary other-than-temporary impairments as we do not have the intent to sell, nor is it more likely than not that we will be required to sell before recovery of the amortized cost. However, as of October 30, 2009, we have $101 million of gross unrealized losses on our aggregate short-term and long-term investments of $3.911 billion; if market conditions continue to deteriorate further, some of these holdings may experience other-than-temporary impairment in the future which could have a material impact on our financial results. Management is required to use estimates and assumptions in its valuation of our investments, which requires a high degree of judgment, and therefore actual results could differ materially from those estimates. See Note 8 to the condensed consolidated financial statements for additional information regarding fair value measurements.

44


SUMMARY OF CASH FLOWS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Six months ended

 

(dollars in millions)

 

October 30,
2009

 

October 24,
2008

 

Cash provided by (used in):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating activities

 

$

1,406

 

$

1,620

 

Investing activities

 

 

(1,578

)

 

(988

)

Financing activities

 

 

(349

)

 

(1,091

)

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

 

 

76

 

 

(60

)

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

 

$

(445

)

$

(519

)

Operating Activities

Our net cash provided by operating activities was $1.406 billion for the six months ended October 30, 2009 compared to $1.620 billion provided by operating activities for the six months ended October 24, 2008. The $214 million decrease in net cash provided by operating activities was primarily attributable to an increase in payments and charges for litigation settlements during the six months ended October 30, 2009 compared to the six months ended October 24, 2008. For more information regarding these settlements, refer to Note 2 and Note 16 of the consolidated financial statements included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 24, 2009 and Note 5 of the current period’s condensed consolidated financial statements.

Investing Activities

Our net cash used in investing activities was $1.578 billion for the six months ended October 30, 2009 compared to $988 million used in investing activities for the six months ended October 24, 2008. The increase in cash used for investing activities in the six months ended October 30, 2009 is primarily related to an increase in net purchases of marketable securities for the six months ended October 30, 2009 compared to the six months ended October 24, 2008.

Financing Activities

Our net cash used in financing activities was $349 million for the six months ended October 30, 2009 compared to $1.091 billion used in financing activities for the six months ended October 24, 2008. The $742 million decrease in net cash used in financing activities was primarily attributable to an increase in short-term borrowings for the six months ended October 30, 2009 compared to the six months ended October 24, 2008. The increase in short-term borrowing was caused by an increase in commercial paper outstanding for legal settlement payments and share repurchases that occurred during the six months ended October 30, 2009.

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS AND LONG-TERM CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS

We acquire assets still in development, enter into research and development arrangements and sponsor certain clinical trials that often require milestone and/or royalty payments to a third-party, contingent upon the occurrence of certain future events. Milestone payments may be required contingent upon the successful achievement of an important point in the development life cycle of a product or upon certain pre-designated levels of achievement in clinical trials. In addition, if required by the arrangement, we may have to make royalty payments based on a percentage of sales related to the product under development or in the event that regulatory approval for marketing is obtained. In situations where we have no ability to influence the achievement of the milestone or otherwise avoid the payment, we have included those milestone or minimum royalty payments in the following table. However, the majority of these arrangements give us the discretion to unilaterally make the decision to stop development of a product or cease progress of a clinical trial, which would allow us to avoid making the contingent payments. Although we are unlikely to cease development if a device successfully achieves clinical testing objectives, these payments are not included in the table of contractual obligations because of the contingent nature of these payments and our ability to avoid them if we decided to pursue a different path of development or testing.

In the normal course of business, we periodically enter into agreements that require us to indemnify customers or suppliers for specific risks, such as claims for injury or property damage arising out of our products or the negligence of our personnel or claims alleging that our products infringe third-party patents or other intellectual property. Our maximum exposure under these indemnification provisions cannot be estimated, and we have not accrued any liabilities within our consolidated financial statements or included any indemnification provisions in our commitments table. Historically, we have not experienced significant losses on these types of indemnification obligations.

45


We believe our off-balance sheet arrangements do not have a material current or anticipated future effect on our consolidated earnings, financial position or cash flows. Presented below is a summary of contractual obligations and other minimum commercial commitments as of October 30, 2009. See Notes 9 and 10 to the condensed consolidated financial statements for additional information regarding long-term debt and foreign currency contracts. See Note 15 to the condensed consolidated financial statements for additional information regarding accrued income tax obligations, which are not reflected in the table below.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maturity by Fiscal Year

 

(dollars in millions)

 

Total

 

Remaining
2010

 

2011

 

2012

 

2013

 

2014

 

Thereafter

 

Contractual obligations related to off-balance sheet arrangements:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency contracts (1)

 

$

5,801

 

$

2,768

 

$

2,444

 

$

589

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Operating leases (2)

 

 

294

 

 

54

 

 

73

 

 

52

 

 

38

 

 

32

 

 

45

 

Inventory purchases (3)

 

 

455

 

 

133

 

 

253

 

 

35

 

 

10

 

 

10

 

 

14

 

Commitments to fund minority investments/contingent acquisition consideration (4)

 

 

494

 

 

87

 

 

232

 

 

88

 

 

12

 

 

15

 

 

60

 

Interest payments (5)

 

 

1,263

 

 

91

 

 

173

 

 

131

 

 

131

 

 

95

 

 

642

 

Other (6)

 

 

200

 

 

36

 

 

48

 

 

45

 

 

19

 

 

17

 

 

35

 

Total

 

$

8,507

 

$

3,169

 

$

3,223

 

$

940

 

$

210

 

$

169

 

$

796

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contractual obligations reflected in the balance sheet:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term debt (7)

 

$

6,734

 

$

13

 

$

2,616

 

$

32

 

$

2,214

 

$

559

 

$

1,300

 

Capital leases

 

 

19

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

1

 

 

1

 

 

1

 

 

15

 

Total

 

$

6,753

 

$

13

 

$

2,617

 

$

33

 

$

2,215

 

$

560

 

$

1,315

 


 

 

(1)

As these obligations were entered into as hedges, the majority of these obligations will be offset by losses/gains on the related assets, liabilities and transactions being hedged. The amounts listed above are the gross notional amounts of the foreign exchange contracts outstanding.

 

 

(2)

Certain leases require us to pay real estate taxes, insurance, maintenance and other operating expenses associated with the leased premises. These future costs are not included in the schedule above.

 

 

(3)

We have included inventory purchase commitments which are legally binding and specify minimum purchase quantities. These purchase commitments do not exceed our projected requirements and are in the normal course of business. These commitments do not include open purchase orders.

 

 

(4)

Certain commitments related to the funding of minority investments and/or previous acquisitions are contingent upon the achievement of certain product-related milestones and various other favorable operational conditions. While it is not certain if and/or when these payments will be made, the maturity dates included in this table reflect our best estimates.

 

 

(5)

Interest payments in the table above reflect the interest on our outstanding debt, including the $1.250 billion of New Senior Notes, $4.400 billion of Senior Convertible Notes, $1.000 billion of Senior Notes and $15 million of Contingent Convertible Debentures. The interest rate on each outstanding obligation varies and interest is payable semi-annually. The interest rate is 4.500 percent on $550 million of the New Senior Notes due 2014, 5.600 percent on $400 million of the New Senior Notes due 2019, 6.500 percent on $300 million of the New Senior Notes due 2039, 1.500 percent on the $2.200 billion Senior Convertible Notes due 2011, 1.625 percent on the $2.200 billion Senior Convertible Notes due 2013, 4.375 percent on the $400 million of Senior Notes due 2010, 4.750 percent on the $600 million of Senior Notes due 2015 and 1.250 percent on the Contingent Convertible Debentures due 2021. The table above excludes the impact of the debt discount amortization, due to the adoption of the new authoritative guidance for convertible debt accounting, on the Senior Convertible Notes.

 

 

(6)

These obligations include certain research and development arrangements.

 

 

(7)

Long-term debt in the table above includes $1.250 billion New Senior Notes, $4.400 billion Senior Convertible Notes issued in April 2006, $1.000 billion Senior Notes issued in September 2005 and $15 million related to our Contingent Convertible Debentures. The table above excludes the remaining fair value from the five year interest rate swap entered into in November 2005 and the eight year interest rate swap agreement entered into in June 2007 that were terminated in December 2008. The table above includes the impact of the five year interest rate swaps entered into in June 2009. See Notes 9 and 10 to the condensed consolidated financial statements for additional information regarding the interest rate swap agreements.

46


DEBT AND CAPITAL

Our capital structure consists of equity and interest-bearing debt. Interest-bearing debt as a percentage of total interest-bearing debt and equity was 36 percent at October 30, 2009 in comparison to 34 percent at April 24, 2009.

Share Repurchase Program

In June 2007 and June 2009, our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to 50 million shares and 60 million shares of our common stock, respectively.

Shares are repurchased from time to time to support our stock-based compensation programs and to take advantage of favorable market conditions. During the three and six months ended October 30, 2009, we repurchased approximately 7.0 million and 17.4 million shares, respectively, at an average price per share of $37.71 and $34.92, respectively. As of October 30, 2009, we have approximately 60.4 million shares remaining under current buyback authorizations approved by the Board of Directors.

Financing Arrangements

We have used a combination of bank borrowings and commercial paper to fund our short-term needs. Short-term debt, including the current portion of our capital lease obligations, at October 30, 2009 was $1.128 billion compared to $522 million at April 24, 2009. We utilize a combination of contingent convertible debentures, senior convertible notes, and senior notes to meet our long-term financing needs. Long-term debt at October 30, 2009 was $6.368 billion compared to $6.253 billion at April 24, 2009. For more information on our financing arrangements, see Note 9 to the condensed consolidated financial statements.

Credit Arrangements and Debt Ratings

We have existing unsecured lines of credit of approximately $2.859 billion with various banks at October 30, 2009. The existing lines of credit include a five-year $1.750 billion syndicated credit facility dated December 20, 2006 that will expire on December 20, 2011 (Credit Facility). The Credit Facility provides backup funding for the commercial paper program and may also be used for general corporate purposes.

The Credit Facility provides us with the ability to increase its capacity by an additional $500 million at any time during the life of the five-year term of the agreement.

As of October 30, 2009 and April 24, 2009, we have unused credit lines and commercial paper capacity of approximately $2.230 billion and $2.799 billion, respectively.

We maintain a commercial paper program that allows us to have a maximum of $2.250 billion in commercial paper outstanding, with maturities up to 364 days from the date of issuance. As of October 30, 2009 and April 24, 2009, outstanding commercial paper totaled $1.003 billion and $385 million, respectively. During the three and six months ended October 30, 2009, the weighted average original maturity of the commercial paper outstanding was approximately 64 days and 55 days, respectively, and the weighted average interest rate was 0.23 percent and 0.24 percent, respectively. The issuance of commercial paper reduces the amount of credit available under our existing lines of credit.

In connection with the issuance of the contingent convertible debentures, Senior Notes, Senior Convertible Notes and commercial paper, Standard and Poor’s Ratings Group and Moody’s Investors Service issued us strong long-term debt ratings of AA- and A1, respectively, and strong short-term debt ratings of A-1+ and P-1, respectively. These ratings remain unchanged as compared to the fiscal year ending April 24, 2009. For more information on credit arrangements, see Note 9 to the condensed consolidated financial statements.

OPERATIONS OUTSIDE OF THE UNITED STATES

The table below illustrates U.S. net sales versus net sales outside the U.S. for the three and six months ended October 30, 2009 and October 24, 2008:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Three months ended

 

Six months ended

 

(dollars in millions)

 

October 30,
2009

 

October 24,
2008

 

October 30,
2009

 

October 24,
2008

 

U.S. net sales

 

$

2,297

 

$

2,196

 

$

4,688

 

$

4,445

 

Non-U.S. net sales

 

 

1,541

 

 

1,374

 

 

3,083

 

 

2,831

 

Total net sales

 

$

3,838

 

$

3,570

 

$

7,771

 

$

7,276

 

47


For the three and six months ended October 30, 2009, consolidated net sales outside the U.S. grew 12 percent and 9 percent, respectively, over the same periods of the prior year. For the three and six months ended October 30, 2009, growth outside the U.S. was 7 percentage points and 4 percentage points, respectively, higher than net sales growth in the U.S. primarily as a result of CRDM, CardioVascular and Spinal businesses. Overall, for the three and six months ended October 30, 2009, sales outside the U.S. were led by CardioVascular’s Endeavor, Endeavor Resolute, Endurant and CoreValve products; CRDM’s Defibrillator Systems and Spinal’s Core Spinal business.

Net sales outside the U.S. are accompanied by certain financial risks, such as collection of receivables, which typically have longer payment terms. Outstanding receivables from customers outside the U.S. totaled $1.814 billion at October 30, 2009, or 55 percent, of total outstanding accounts receivable, and $1.592 billion at April 24, 2009, or 50 percent, of total outstanding accounts receivable.

OTHER MATTERS

In January 2007, we announced a voluntary suspension of U.S. shipments of Physio-Control products manufactured at our facility in Redmond, Washington in order to address quality system issues. In the months following the suspension of U.S. shipments, we worked diligently with the FDA to address the quality system issues and resumed limited shipments to critical need customers. On May 9, 2008, the U.S. District Court for the Western District of Washington approved the consent decree that was signed with the FDA regarding quality system improvements for our external defibrillator products. The agreement addresses issues raised by the FDA during inspections regarding Physio-Control’s quality system processes and outlines the actions Physio-Control must take in order to resume unrestricted distribution of our external defibrillators. We continue to work diligently to implement the required actions necessary to resolve the quality issues addressed by the FDA.

CAUTIONARY FACTORS THAT MAY AFFECT FUTURE RESULTS

Certain statements contained in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q and other written and oral statements made from time to time by us do not relate strictly to historical or current facts. As such, they are considered “forward-looking statements” which provide current expectations or forecasts of future events. Our forward-looking statements generally relate to our growth strategies, financial results, product development, regulatory approvals, competitive strengths, intellectual property rights, litigation and tax matters, mergers and acquisitions, integration of our acquisitions, market acceptance or continued acceptance of our products, accounting estimates, financing activities, ongoing contractual obligations, and sales efforts. Such statements can be identified by the use of terminology such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “forecast,” “intend,” “looking ahead,” “may,” “plan,” “possible,” “potential,” “project,” “should,” “will” and similar words or expressions. One must carefully consider forward-looking statements and understand that such statements may be affected by inaccurate assumptions and may involve a variety of risks and uncertainties, known and unknown, including, among others, risks related to competition in the medical device industry, reduction or interruption on our supply, quality problems, liquidity, decreasing prices, adverse regulatory action, litigation success, self-insurance, healthcare policy changes and international operations, as well as those discussed in the section entitled “Risk Factors” in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 24, 2009 and in this Quarterly Report. Consequently, no forward-looking statement can be guaranteed and actual results may vary materially. We intend to take advantage of the Safe Harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 regarding our forward-looking statements, and are including this sentence for the express purpose of enabling us to use the protections of the safe harbor with respect to all forward-looking statements.

We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statement, but investors are advised to consult any further disclosures by us in our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, especially on Forms 10-K, 10-Q, and 8-K (if any), in which we may discuss in more detail various important factors that could cause actual results to differ from expected or historical results. It is not possible to foresee or identify all such factors. As such, investors should not consider any list of such factors to be an exhaustive statement of all risks, uncertainties or potentially inaccurate assumptions.

I tem 3. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Due to the global nature of our operations, we are subject to the exposures that arise from foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations. In a period where the U.S. dollar is strengthening/weakening as compared to other currencies, our revenues and expenses denominated in foreign currency are translated into a lower/higher value than they would be in an otherwise constant environment. We manage these exposures using operational and economic hedges as well as derivative financial instruments. The primary currencies hedged are the Euro and the Japanese Yen.

48


Our objective in managing exposure to foreign currency fluctuations is to minimize earnings and cash flow volatility associated with foreign exchange rate changes. We enter into various contracts, principally forward contracts that change in value as foreign exchange rates change, to protect the value of existing foreign currency assets, liabilities, net investments, and probable commitments. The gains and losses on these contracts offset changes in the value of the related exposures. It is our policy to enter into foreign currency hedging transactions only to the extent true exposures exist; we do not enter into foreign currency transactions for speculative purposes.

We had foreign exchange derivative contracts outstanding in notional amounts of $5.801 billion and $5.296 billion at October 30, 2009 and April 24, 2009, respectively. The fair value of these contracts at October 30, 2009 was $46 million less than the original contract value. A sensitivity analysis of changes in the fair value of all foreign exchange derivative contracts at October 30, 2009 indicates that, if the U.S. dollar uniformly strengthened/weakened by 10 percent against all currencies, the fair value of these contracts would increase/decrease by $542 million, respectively. Any gains and losses on the fair value of derivative contracts would be largely offset by gains and losses on the underlying transactions. These offsetting gains and losses are not reflected in the above analysis. We are also exposed to interest rate changes affecting principally our investments in interest rate sensitive instruments. A sensitivity analysis of the impact on our interest rate sensitive financial instruments of a hypothetical 10 percent change in short-term interest rates compared to interest rates at October 30, 2009 indicates that the fair value of these instruments would correspondingly change by $15 million.

We have investments in marketable debt securities that are classified and accounted for as available-for-sale. Our debt securities include government securities, commercial paper, corporate debt securities, bank certificates of deposit and mortgage backed and other asset backed securities including auction rate securities. For a discussion of current market conditions and the impact on Medtronic, please see the “Liquidity and Capital Resources” section of management’s discussion and analysis.

I tem 4. Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures

Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the Exchange Act)) and changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act) as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based upon that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that, as of the end of the period covered by this annual report, our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Exchange Act) are effective and are adequately designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission’s (SEC) applicable rules and forms.

Changes in internal control

There have been no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting during the period covered by this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

P ART II — OTHER INFORMATION

I tem 1. Legal Proceedings

A discussion of the Company’s policies with respect to legal proceedings is discussed in the management’s discussion and analysis and our legal proceedings and other loss contingencies are described in Note 20 of the condensed consolidated financial statements. The description of our legal proceedings in Note 20 of the condensed consolidated financial statements to this filing is incorporated herein by reference.

On October 24, 2005, the Company received a subpoena from the Office of the United States Attorney for the District of Massachusetts issued under the Health Insurance Portability & Accountability Act of 1996 requesting documents the Company may have, if any, relating to pacemakers and defibrillators and related components; monitoring equipment and services; a provision of benefits, if any, to persons in a position to recommend purchases of such devices; and the Company’s training and compliance materials relating to the fraud and abuse and federal Anti-Kickback statutes. In September 2008, the United States Attorney’s office for the District of Massachusetts informed Medtronic that it is no longer pursuing its investigation of Medtronic, related to the October 24, 2005 subpoena. On September 5, 2008, Medtronic received a subpoena from the Office of Inspector General for the Department of Health and Human Services in the District of Minnesota, requesting production of substantially the same materials covered in the 2005 Massachusetts subpoena. Medtronic is in the process of responding to the subpoena and will comply as required with the terms of the subpoena.

49


Beginning on September 20, 2007, the Company has received letter requests from Senator Grassley of the U.S. Senate Finance Committee requesting information on a variety of subjects, including financial ties between the medical device industry and practicing physicians; the Company’s decision to suspend distribution of its Sprint Fidelis family of defibrillation leads; financial ties between the Company and physicians who use INFUSE Bone Graft; the Cardiac Research Foundation and Columbia University; and certain communications regarding INFUSE Bone Graft and the Company’s clinical research projects with the U.S. military and compensation paid to physicians working for the U.S. military. The Company has cooperated, and will continue to cooperate, with the Senator’s requests.

On September 25, 2007, the Company received a letter from the SEC requesting information relating to any potential violations of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act in connection with the sale of medical devices in an unspecified number of foreign countries, including Greece, Poland and Germany. Turkey, Italy and Malaysia have since been added to the inquiry. The letter notes that the Company is a significant participant in the medical device industry, and seeks any information concerning certain types of payments made directly or indirectly to government-employed doctors. A number of competitors have publicly disclosed receiving similar letters. On November 16, 2007, the Company received a letter from the Department of Justice requesting any information provided to the SEC. Since that time the SEC and Department of Justice have made additional requests for information from the Company. The Company is cooperating with the requests.

On or about October 31, 2007, the Company received a letter from the United States Attorney’s Office for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania requesting documents relating to the Company’s relationship with one of its customers and any payments or things of value provided by the Company to physicians, physician groups, hospitals, medical practices or other entities relating to the purchase of the Company’s cardiac resynchronization therapy devices and cardiac stents. The Company will comply as required with the terms of the letter.

In late June 2008, the Company received a subpoena issued by the United States Attorney’s Office for the District of Massachusetts pursuant to the Health Insurance Portability & Accountability Act of 1996, relating to the Company’s marketing of biliary stents. The Company will comply as required with the terms of the subpoena.

On October 6, 2008, the Company received a subpoena from the United States Attorney’s Office for the District of Massachusetts pursuant to the Health Insurance Portability & Accountability Act of 1996 requesting production of documents relating to Medtronic’s INFUSE Bone Graft product. The Company will comply as required with the terms of the subpoena.

On December 18, 2008, the Company received a civil investigative demand from the Massachusetts Attorney General’s Office, requesting production of documents related to Medtronic’s INFUSE Bone Graft product. The Company is in the process of responding to the demand and will comply as required with the terms of the demand.

On February 9, 2009, the Company received letter notice that the United States Department of Justice in the Southern District of Texas is investigating marketing practices, reimbursement advice of the Company and appropriateness of therapy delivery relating to the Company’s cardiac surgical ablation devices. On July 2, 2009, the United States District Court for the Southern District of Texas ordered the unsealing of a qui tam complaint related to the same matter that was filed against Medtronic on November 17, 2008. On August 21, 2009, the Department of Justice decided not to intervene at this time but may intervene at any time for good cause based upon a Court Order entered on August 28, 2009.

On April 13, 2009, the Company received an administrative health care subpoena from the United States Attorney’s Office for the Northern District of Indiana requesting documents relating to the Company’s relationship with customers, as well as documents relating to certain employees. The Company will comply as required by the terms of the subpoena.

On May 21, 2009, the Company received a subpoena from the United States Attorney’s Office for the District of Massachusetts pursuant to the Health Insurance Portability & Accountability Act of 1996 seeking documents related to a study published in the British volume of the Journal of Bone & Joint Surgery, and contracts, research grants, speaking and education programs, and payments for certain named physicians. The Company will comply, as required, with the terms of the subpoena.

On June 16, 2009, the Company received an administrative subpoena from the New Jersey Attorney General, Division of Consumer Affairs, requesting production of documents relating to the Company’s clinical studies, its financial arrangements with certain physicians and health care providers, and clinical research done by certain physicians and health care providers. The Company will comply as required with the terms of the subpoena.

50


On September 16, 2009, the Company received a subpoena from the Office of Inspector General for the Department of Health and Human Services in the District of California requesting production of documents relating to the Company’s cardiac rhythm medical devices, including revenue, sales, marketing and promotional documents, documents relating to reimbursement communications to customers pertaining to the devices, documents relating to scientific studies and registries pertaining to the devices, and documents relating to payments or items of value provided to customers. The Company will comply as required with the terms of the subpoena.

I tem 1A. Risk Factors

In addition to the risk factor set forth below and the other information set forth in this report, you should carefully consider the factors discussed in “Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors” in our fiscal year 2009 Annual Report filed on Form 10-K, which could materially affect our business, financial condition, or future results.

Healthcare policy changes, including legislation pending in Congress to reform the U.S. healthcare system, may have a material adverse effect on us.

In response to perceived increases in health care costs in recent years, there have been and continue to be proposals by the Obama administration, members of Congress, state governments, regulators and third-party payors to control these costs and, more generally, to reform the U.S. healthcare system. Certain of these proposals would limit the prices we are able to charge for our products, or the amounts of reimbursement available for our products, and could limit the acceptance and availability of our products. Moreover, as discussed below, legislative proposals currently pending in Congress would impose significant new taxes on medical device makers such as us. The adoption of some or all of these proposals could have a material adverse effect on our financial position and results of operations.

On November 7, 2009, the U.S. House of Representatives passed the Affordable Health Care for America Act, and on November 21, 2009, the U.S. Senate voted to begin floor debate on similar, but not identical, healthcare reform legislation. We cannot predict whether legislation will be enacted, the final form any legislation might take or the effects of such legislation. The current versions of both the House and Senate proposals would impose significant new taxes on medical device makers. The total cost to the medical device industry could exceed $20 billion over ten years. These taxes, if implemented, would result in a significant increase in the tax burden on our industry, which could have a material, negative impact on our results of operations and our cash flows. Draft legislation would also impose new payroll taxes, excise taxes, income taxes and other taxes; provide for taxes/fees based upon domestic sales of devices; implement changes to Medicare and Medicaid; establish a government health insurance option and allow the government to mandate minimum levels of coverage and make comparative effectiveness recommendations. In summary, if legislation is enacted and depending on the form it takes, it could change the way healthcare is developed and delivered, and may materially impact numerous aspects of our business.

I tem 2. Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

The following table provides information about the shares repurchased by Medtronic during the second quarter of fiscal year 2010:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal Period

 

Total Number of
Shares Purchased (1)

 

Average Price
Paid per
Share

 

Total Number of Shares
Purchased as a Part of
Publicly Announced
Program

 

Maximum Number
of Shares that May
Yet Be Purchased
Under the Program

 

8/1/09-8/28/09

 

 

1,958,900

 

$

38.29

 

 

1,958,900

 

 

65,477,084

 

8/29/09-10/2/09

 

 

4,649,713

 

 

37.64

 

 

4,649,713

 

 

60,827,371

 

10/3/09-10/30/09

 

 

418,400

 

 

35.85

 

 

418,400

 

 

60,408,971

 

Total

 

 

7,027,013

 

$

37.71

 

 

7,027,013

 

 

60,408,971

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

In June 2007 and June 2009, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of 50 million and 60 million shares of the Company’s stock, respectively. As authorized by the Board of Directors each program expires when its total number of authorized shares has been repurchased.

51


I tem 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

At the Company’s 2009 Annual Meeting of Shareholders held on August 27, 2009, the shareholders voted on the following:

(a) To elect eight Directors of the Company to serve for one-year terms, as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Director

 

Votes For

 

Authority Withheld

 

Richard H. Anderson

 

871,690,644

 

 

44,793,287

 

 

Victor J. Dzau, M.D.

 

873,091,086

 

 

43,393,076

 

 

William A. Hawkins

 

885,464,639

 

 

39,019,292

 

 

Shirley Ann Jackson, Ph.D.

 

851,515,268

 

 

64,968,663

 

 

Denise M. O’Leary

 

900,914,114

 

 

15,569,817

 

 

Robert C. Pozen

 

902,494,762

 

 

13,989,169

 

 

Jean-Pierre Rosso

 

891,934,944

 

 

24,548,987

 

 

Jack W. Schuler

 

790,699,222

 

 

125,784,709

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Voted For

 

Voted Against

 

Broker Non-Vote

 

Abstain

 

(b) To ratify the appointment of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as Medtronic’s independent registered public accounting firm for fiscal year 2010.

 

 

907,063,819

 

 

6,556,666

 

 

N/A

 

 

2,863,667

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c) To approve an amendment to the Medtronic, Inc. 2005 Employees Stock Purchase Plan to increase the number of shares authorized for issuance thereunder from 10,000,000 to 25,000,000.

 

 

770,344,265

 

 

23,671,291

 

 

119,497,697

 

 

2,970,909

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d) To approve an amendment to the Medtronic, Inc. 2008 Stock Award and Incentive Plan to increase the number of shares authorized for issuance thereunder from 50,000,000 to 100,000,000.

 

 

656,533,954

 

 

137,359,321

 

 

119,505,192

 

 

3,085,635

 

52


I tem 6. Exhibits

 

 

 

(a)

Exhibits

 

 

 

10.1

Form of Amended and Restated Change of Control Employment Agreement for Medtronic Executive Officers.

 

 

 

 

10.2

Medtronic, Inc. 2008 Stock Award and Incentive Plan (as amended and restated effective August 27, 2009).

 

 

 

 

10.3

Medtronic, Inc. 2005 Employees Stock Purchase Plan (as amended and restated effective August 27, 2009).

 

 

 

 

12.1

Medtronic, Inc. Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.

 

 

 

 

31.1

Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

 

 

31.2

Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

 

 

32.1

Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

 

 

32.2

Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.


 

 

 

 

53


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

 

 

Medtronic, Inc.

 

(Registrant)

 

 

Date: December 9, 2009

/s/ William A. Hawkins

 

 

 

William A. Hawkins

 

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

Date: December 9, 2009

/s/ Gary L. Ellis

 

 

 

Gary L. Ellis

 

Senior Vice President and

 

Chief Financial Officer

54



Exhibit 10.1

 

CHANGE OF CONTROL EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

CHANGE OF CONTROL EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT by and between Medtronic, Inc., a Minnesota corporation (the “Company”), and ________________________ (the “Executive”), dated as of the ______ day of ____________________.

 

The Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) has determined that it is in the best interests of the Company and its shareholders to assure that the Company will have the continued dedication of the Executive, notwithstanding the possibility, threat or occurrence of a Change of Control (as defined in Section 2) of the Company. The Board believes it is imperative to diminish the inevitable distraction of the Executive by virtue of the personal uncertainties and risks created by a pending or threatened Change of Control and to encourage the Executive’s full attention and dedication to the Company currently and in the event of any threatened or pending Change of Control, and to provide the Executive with compensation and benefits arrangements upon a Change of Control which are competitive with those of other corporations and which ensure that the compensation and benefits expectations of the Executive will be satisfied. Therefore, in order to accomplish these objectives, the Board has caused the Company to enter into this Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS HEREBY AGREED AS FOLLOWS:

 

1.          Certain Definitions .

 

(a)        The “Effective Date” shall mean the first date during the Change of Control Period (as defined in Section l(b)) on which a Change of Control) occurs. Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, if (i) the Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated by the Company or the Executive terminates employment because the Executive ceases to be an officer of the Company, (ii) the Date of Termination occurs prior to the date on which a Change of Control occurs, and (iii) it is reasonably demonstrated by the Executive that such termination of employment or cessation of status as an officer (A) was at the request of a third party who has taken steps reasonably calculated to effect the Change of Control or (B) otherwise arose in connection with or anticipation of the Change of Control, then for all purposes of this Agreement the “Effective Date” shall mean the date immediately prior to such Date of Termination.

 

(b)        The “Change of Control Period” shall mean the period commencing on the date hereof and ending on the third anniversary of such date; provided , however , that commencing on the date one year after the date hereof, and on each annual anniversary of such date (such date and each annual anniversary thereof shall be hereinafter referred to as the “Renewal Date”), unless previously terminated, the Change of Control Period shall be automatically extended so as to terminate three years from such Renewal Date, unless at least 60 days prior to the Renewal Date the Company shall give written notice to the Executive that the Change of Control Period shall not be so extended.

 




2.          Change of Control . For the purpose of this Agreement, a “Change of Control” shall mean:

 

(a)        Any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) (a “Person) becomes the beneficial owner (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 30% or more of either (i) the then-outstanding shares of common stock of the Company (the “Outstanding Company Common Stock”) or (ii) the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “Outstanding Company Voting Securities”); provided , however , that, for purposes of this Section 2(a), the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change of Control: (1) any acquisition directly from the Company, (2) any acquisition by the Company or any of its subsidiaries, (3) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any of its subsidiaries, (4) any acquisition by an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities or (5) any acquisition pursuant to a transaction that complies with clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of Section 2(c); or

 

(b)        Individuals who, as of the date hereof, constitute the Board (the “Incumbent Directors”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided , however , that any individual becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election, or nomination for election by the Company’s shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the Incumbent Directors then on the Board shall be considered as though such individual was an Incumbent Director, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of either an actual or threatened election contest or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board; or

 

(c)        Consummation of a reorganization, merger, statutory share exchange or consolidation (or similar corporate transaction) involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries, a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or the acquisition of assets or stock of another entity by the Company or any of its subsidiaries (each, a “Business Combination”), in each case, unless, immediately following such Business Combination, (i) substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners, respectively, of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and the Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately prior to such Business Combination beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of, respectively, the then-outstanding shares of common stock (or, for a non-corporate entity, equivalent securities) and the then-outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (or, for a non-corporate entity, equivalent governing body), as the case may be, of (A) the entity resulting from such Business Combination (the “Surviving Corporation”) or (B) if applicable, the ultimate parent entity that directly or indirectly has beneficial ownership of 80% or more of the voting securities eligible to elect directors of the Surviving Corporation (the “Parent Corporation”), in substantially the same proportion as their ownership, immediately prior to the Business Combination, of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and the Outstanding Company Voting Securities, as the case may be, (ii) no person (other than any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Surviving Corporation or the Parent Corporation), is or becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of 30% or more of the outstanding shares of common stock and the total voting power of the outstanding voting securities eligible to elect directors of the Parent Corporation (or, if there is no Parent Corporation, the Surviving Corporation) and (iii) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the Parent Corporation (or, if there is no Parent Corporation, the Surviving Corporation) following the consummation of the Business Combination were Incumbent Directors at the time of the Board’s approval of the execution of the initial agreement providing for such Business Combination; or

 

-2-




(d)        Approval by the shareholders of the Company of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

 

3.          Employment Period . The Company hereby agrees to continue the Executive in its employ, and the Executive hereby agrees to remain in the employ of the Company, for the period commencing on the Effective Date and ending on the third anniversary of such date (the “Employment Period”), provided , that nothing stated in this Agreement shall restrict the right of the Company or the Executive at any time to terminate the Executive’s employment with the Company, subject to the obligations of the Company provided for in this Agreement in the event of such terminations. The Employment Period shall terminate upon the Executive’s termination of employment for any reason.

 

4.          Terms of Employment .

 

(a)         Position and Duties .

 

(i)         During the Employment Period, (A) the Executive’s position (including status, offices, titles and reporting requirements), authority, duties and responsibilities shall be at least commensurate in all material respects with the most significant of those held, exercised and assigned at any time during the 90-day period immediately preceding the Effective Date; and (B) the Executive’s services shall be performed at the location where the Executive was employed immediately preceding the Effective Date or any office or location less than 50 miles from such location.

 

(ii)        Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, during the Employment Period, and excluding any periods of vacation and sick leave to which the Executive is entitled, the Executive agrees to devote reasonable attention and time during normal business hours to the business and affairs of the Company and, to the extent necessary to discharge the responsibilities assigned to the Executive hereunder, to use the Executive’s reasonable best efforts to perform faithfully and efficiently such responsibilities. During the Employment Period, it shall not be a violation of this Agreement for the Executive to (A) serve on corporate, civic or charitable boards or committees, (B) deliver lectures, fulfill speaking engagements or teach at educational institutions and (C) manage personal investments, so long as such activities do not significantly interfere with the performance of the Executive’s responsibilities as an employee of the Company in accordance with this Agreement. It is expressly understood and agreed that to the extent that any such activities have been conducted by the Executive prior to the Effective Date, the continued conduct of such activities (or the conduct of activities similar in nature and scope thereto) subsequent to the Effective Date shall not thereafter be deemed to interfere with the performance of the Executive’s responsibilities to the Company.

 

-3-




(b)         Compensation .

 

(i)          Base Salary . During the Employment Period, the Executive shall receive an annual base salary (“Annual Base Salary”) at an annual rate at least equal to 12 times the highest monthly base salary paid or payable, including any base salary that has been earned but deferred, to the Executive by the Company and the affiliated companies in respect of the 12-month period immediately preceding the month in which the Effective Date occurs. The Annual Base Salary shall be paid at such intervals as the Company pays executive salaries generally. During the Employment Period, the Annual Base Salary shall be reviewed at least annually and shall be increased at any time and from time to time as shall be substantially consistent with increases in base salary generally awarded in the ordinary course of business to other peer executives of the Company and its affiliated companies. Any increase in Annual Base Salary shall not serve to limit or reduce any other obligation to the Executive under this Agreement. Annual Base Salary shall not be reduced after any such increase and the term “Annual Base Salary” as utilized in this Agreement shall refer to Annual Base Salary as so increased. As used in this Agreement, the term “affiliated companies” shall include any company controlled by, controlling or under common control with the Company.

 

(ii)         Annual Incentive Payments . In addition to Annual Base Salary, the Executive shall be paid, for each fiscal year ending during the Employment Period, an annual bonus (“Annual Bonus”) in cash at least equal to the Executive’s average annual or annualized (for any fiscal year consisting of less than 12 full months or with respect to which the Executive has been employed by the Company for less than 12 full months) award earned by the Executive, including any award earned but deferred, under the Company’s Executive Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time prior to the Effective Date (or under any successor or replacement annual incentive plan of the Company or any of the affiliated companies), for the last three fiscal years immediately preceding the fiscal year in which the Effective Date occurs (the “Three-Year Average Bonus”). If the Executive has not been eligible to earn, or has not been employed, for each of the last three fiscal years immediately preceding the fiscal year during which the Effective Date occurs but has earned a bonus for at least one fiscal year during the last three fiscal years immediately preceding the fiscal year during which the Effective Date occurs, the “Three-Year Average Bonus” shall mean the average of any annual or annualized bonus actually earned over any such years. If the Executive has not been eligible to earn, or has not received, such a bonus for any fiscal year prior to the Effective Date, the “Three-Year Average Bonus” shall mean the Executive’s Target Annual Bonus for the year during which the Effective Date occurs. Each such Annual Bonus shall be paid no later than two and a half months after the end of the fiscal year for which the Annual Bonus is awarded, unless the Executive shall elect to defer the receipt of such Annual Bonus pursuant to an arrangement that meets the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).

 

(iii)        Long-Term Cash and Equity Incentives, Savings Plans and Retirement Plans . During the Employment Period, the Executive shall be entitled to participate in all long-term cash incentive, equity incentive, savings and retirement plans, practices, policies and programs (any such arrangement a “Plan” for purposes of this Agreement) applicable generally to other peer executives of the Company and the affiliated companies, but in no event shall such Plans provide the Executive with incentive opportunities (measured with respect to both regular and special incentive opportunities, to the extent, if any, that such distinction is applicable), savings opportunities and retirement benefit opportunities, in each case, less favorable, in the aggregate, than the most favorable of those provided by the Company and the affiliated companies for the Executive under such Plans as in effect at any time during the 90-day period immediately preceding the Effective Date or, if more favorable to the Executive, those provided generally at any time after the Effective Date to other peer executives of the Company and the affiliated companies.

 

-4-




(iv)        Welfare Benefit Plans . During the Employment Period, the Executive and/or the Executive’s family, as the case may be, shall be eligible for participation in and shall receive all benefits under welfare benefit Plans provided by the Company and the affiliated companies (including, without limitation, medical, prescription, dental, disability, salary continuance, employee life, group life, accidental death and travel accident insurance Plans) to the extent applicable generally to other peer executives of the Company and the affiliated companies, but in no event shall such Plans provide the Executive with benefits which are less favorable, in the aggregate, than the most favorable of such Plans in effect for the Executive at any time during the 90-day period immediately preceding the Effective Date or, if more favorable to the Executive, those provided generally at any time after the Effective Date to other peer executives of the Company and the affiliated companies.

 

(v)         Expenses . During the Employment Period, the Executive shall be entitled to receive prompt reimbursement for all reasonable expenses incurred by the Executive in accordance with the most favorable policies, practices and procedures of the Company and the affiliated companies in effect for the Executive at any time during the 90-day period immediately preceding the Effective Date or, if more favorable to the Executive, as in effect generally at any time thereafter with respect to other peer executives of the Company and the affiliated companies.

 

(vi)        Business Allowance . During the Employment Period, the Executive shall be entitled to a business allowance in accordance with the most favorable Plans of the Company and the affiliated companies in effect for the Executive at any time during the 90-day period immediately preceding the Effective Date or, if more favorable to the Executive, as in effect generally at any time thereafter with respect to other peer executives of the Company and the affiliated companies.

 

(vii)       Office and Support Staff . During the Employment Period, the Executive shall be entitled to an office or offices of a size and with furnishings and other appointments, and to exclusive personal secretarial and other assistance, at least equal to the most favorable of the foregoing provided to the Executive by the Company and the affiliated companies at any time during the 90-day period immediately preceding the Effective Date or, if more favorable to the Executive, as provided generally at any time thereafter with respect to other peer executives of the Company and the affiliated companies.

 

(viii)       Vacation . During the Employment Period, the Executive shall be entitled to paid vacations in accordance with the most favorable Plans of the Company and the affiliated companies as in effect for the Executive at any time during the 90-day period immediately preceding the Effective Date or, if more favorable to the Executive, as in effect generally at any time thereafter with respect to other peer executives of the Company and the affiliated companies.

 

-5-




5.          Termination of Employment .

 

(a)         Death or Disability . The Executive’s employment shall terminate automatically upon the Executive’s death during the Employment Period. If the Company determines in good faith that the Disability of the Executive has occurred during the Employment Period (pursuant to the definition of Disability set forth below), it may give to the Executive written notice in accordance with Section 12(b) of this Agreement of its intention to terminate the Executive’s employment. In such event, the Executive’s employment with the Company shall terminate on the 30th day after receipt of such notice by the Executive (the “Disability Effective Date”), provided , that , within the 30 days after such receipt, the Executive shall not have returned to full-time performance of the Executive’s duties. For purposes of this Agreement, “Disability” shall mean the absence of the Executive from the Executive’s duties with the Company on a full-time basis for 180 consecutive days as a result of incapacity due to mental or physical illness which is determined to be total and permanent by a physician selected by the Company or its insurers and acceptable to the Executive or the Executive’s legal representative (such agreement as to acceptability not to be unreasonably withheld).

 

(b)         Cause . (i) The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment during the Employment Period with or without Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” shall mean (A) repeated violations by the Executive of the Executive’s obligations under Section 4(a) of this Agreement (other than as a result of incapacity due to physical or mental illness) which are demonstrably willful and deliberate on the Executive’s part, which are not remedied in a reasonable period of time after receipt of written notice from the Company specifying such violations or (B) the conviction of the Executive of a felony involving moral turpitude.

 

(ii)        For purposes of Section 5(b)(i)(A) of this Agreement, no act, or failure to act, on the part of the Executive shall be considered “willful” unless it is done, or omitted to be done, by the Executive in bad faith and without reasonable belief that the Executive’s action or omission was in the best interests of the Company. Any act, or failure to act, based upon (A) authority given pursuant to a resolution duly adopted by the Board, or if the Company is not the ultimate parent corporation of the affiliated companies and is not publicly traded, the board of directors of the Parent Corporation (the “Applicable Board”), (B) the instructions of the Chief Executive Officer of the Company or the Parent Corporation or a senior officer of the Company or the Parent Corporation or (C) the advice of counsel for the Company or the Parent Corporation shall be conclusively presumed to be done, or omitted to be done, by the Executive in good faith and in the best interests of the Company. The cessation of employment of the Executive shall not be deemed to be for Cause unless and until there shall have been delivered to the Executive a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than three-quarters of the entire membership of the Applicable Board (excluding the Executive, if the Executive is a member of the Applicable Board) at a meeting of the Applicable Board called and held for such purpose (after reasonable notice is provided to the Executive and the Executive is given an opportunity, together with counsel for the Executive, to be heard before the Applicable Board), finding that, in the good faith opinion of the Applicable Board, the Executive is guilty of the conduct described in Section 5(b)(i)(A) of this Agreement, and specifying the particulars thereof in detail.

 

-6-




(c)         Good Reason . The Executive’s employment may be terminated by the Executive for Good Reason or by the Executive voluntarily without Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” shall mean:

 

(i)         the assignment to the Executive of any duties inconsistent in any respect with the Executive’s position (including status, offices, titles and reporting requirements), authority, duties or responsibilities as contemplated by Section 4(a) of this Agreement, or any diminution in such position, authority, duties or responsibilities (whether or not occurring solely as a result of the Company ceasing to be a publicly traded entity or becoming a subsidiary), excluding for this purpose an isolated, insubstantial and inadvertent action not taken in bad faith and that is remedied by the Company promptly after receipt of notice thereof given by the Executive;

 

(ii)        any failure by the Company to comply with any of the provisions of Section 4(b) of this Agreement, other than an isolated, insubstantial and inadvertent failure not occurring in bad faith and that is remedied by the Company promptly after receipt of notice thereof given by the Executive;

 

(iii)       the Company’s requiring the Executive to be based at any office or location other than that described in Section 4(a)(i)(B) of this Agreement or the Company’s requiring the Executive to be based at a location other than the principal executive offices of the Company (if the Executive were employed at such location immediately preceding the Effective Date) or the Company’s requiring the Executive to travel on Company business to a substantially greater extent than required immediately prior to the Effective Date;

 

(iv)       any purported termination by the Company of the Executive’s employment otherwise than as expressly permitted by this Agreement; or

 

(v)        any failure by the Company to comply with and satisfy Section 11(c) of this Agreement.

 

For purposes of this Section 5(c) of this Agreement, any good faith determination of “Good Reason” made by the Executive shall be conclusive. The Executive’s mental or physical incapacity following the occurrence of an event described above in clauses (i) through (v) shall not affect the Executive’s ability to terminate employment for Good Reason.

 

(d)         Notice of Termination . Any termination by the Company for Cause, or by the Executive for Good Reason, shall be communicated by Notice of Termination to the other party hereto given in accordance with Section 12(b) of this Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Notice of Termination” means a written notice which (i) indicates the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon, (ii) to the extent applicable, sets forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of the Executive’s employment under the provision so indicated and (iii) if the Date of Termination (as defined herein) is other than the date of receipt of such notice, specifies the Date of Termination (which Date of Termination shall be not more than 30 days after the giving of such notice). The failure by the Executive or the Company to set forth in the Notice of Termination any fact or circumstance that contributes to a showing of Good Reason or Cause, respectively, shall not waive any right of the Executive or the Company, respectively, hereunder or preclude the Executive or the Company from asserting such fact or circumstance in enforcing the Executive’s or the Company’s respective rights hereunder.

 

-7-




(e)         Date of Termination . “Date of Termination” means (i) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company for Cause, or by the Executive for Good Reason, the date of receipt of the Notice of Termination or any later date specified in the Notice of Termination, as the case may be, (ii) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company other than for Cause or Disability or death, the Date of Termination shall be the date on which the Company notifies the Executive of such termination, (iii) if the Executive resigns without Good Reason, the date on which the Executive notifies the Company of such termination and (iv) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of death or Disability, the Date of Termination shall be the date of death of the Executive or the Disability Effective Date, as the case may be. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the Date of Termination occur until the Executive experiences a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, and the date on which such separation from service takes place shall be the “Date of Termination.”

 

6.          Obligations of the Company upon Termination .

 

(a)         Good Reason; Other Than for Cause, Death or Disability . If, during the Employment Period, the Company terminates the Executive’s employment other than for Cause or Disability or the Executive terminates employment for Good Reason, in lieu of further payments pursuant to Section 4(b) of this Agreement with respect to periods following the Date of Termination:

 

(i)         the Company shall pay to the Executive in a lump sum in cash within 30 days after the Date of Termination the aggregate of the following amounts:

 

(A)       the sum of (1) the Executive’s Annual Base Salary through the Date of Termination, and (2) any accrued vacation pay, in each case, to the extent not theretofore paid (the sum of the amounts described in subclauses (1) and (2), the “Accrued Obligations”);

 

(B)       an amount equal to the product of (1) the higher of (I) the Three-Year Average Bonus and (II) the Annual Bonus paid or payable, including any portion thereof that has been earned but deferred (and annualized for any fiscal year consisting of less than 12 full months or during which the Executive has been employed for less than 12 full months), for the most recently completed fiscal year during the Employment Period, if any (such higher amount, the “Highest Annual Bonus”), and (2) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days in the current fiscal year through the Date of Termination, and the denominator of which is 365, in lieu of any amounts otherwise payable pursuant to the Executive Incentive Plan solely with respect to the year in which the Date of Termination occurs (the “Pro-Rata Incentive Payment”); and

 

-8-




(C)       the amount equal to the product of (1) three, and (2) the sum of (x) the Executive’s Annual Base Salary, and (y) the Highest Annual Bonus; and

 

(ii)        the Executive’s benefits under the Company’s tax qualified retirement plan (the “Retirement Plan”) and any excess or supplemental retirement plan in which the Executive participates as of the Effective Date (or if more favorable to the Executive, as of the Date of Termination) (collectively, the “SERP”) shall be calculated assuming that the Executive’s employment continued for the remainder of the Employment Period and that during such period the Executive received service credit for all purposes under such plans and the Executive’s age increased by the number of years that the Executive is deemed to be so employed; provided , however ; that in no event shall the Executive be entitled to age or service credit, as a result of the application of this Section 6(a)(ii), beyond the maximum age or maximum number of years of service credit, as applicable, permitted under the Retirement Plan or the SERP; and

 

(iii)       for the remainder of the Employment Period, or such longer period as any plan, program, practice or policy may provide (the “Benefit Continuation Period”), the Company shall provide health care and life insurance benefits to the Executive and/or the Executive’s family at least equal to, and at the same after-tax cost to the Executive and/or the Executive’s family (taking into account any applicable required employee contributions), as those which would have been provided to them in accordance with the Plans providing health care and life insurance benefits and at the benefit level described in Section 4(b)(iv) of this Agreement if the Executive’s employment had not been terminated; provided , however , that the health care benefits provided during the Benefit Continuation Period shall be provided in such a manner that such benefits (and the costs and premiums thereof) are excluded from the Executive’s income for federal income tax purposes and, if the Company reasonably determines that providing continued coverage under one or more of its health care benefit plans contemplated herein could be taxable to the Executive, the Company shall provide such benefits at the level required hereby through the purchase of individual insurance coverage; provided , further , that if the Executive becomes re-employed with another employer and is eligible to receive health care and life insurance benefits under another employer-provided plan, the health care and life benefits provided hereunder shall be secondary to those provided under such other plan during such applicable period of eligibility. Following the end of the Benefit Continuation Period, the Executive shall be eligible for continued health coverage as required by Section 4980B of the Code or other applicable law (“COBRA Coverage”), as if the Executive’s employment with the Company had terminated as of the end of such period, and the Company shall take such actions as are necessary to cause such COBRA Coverage not to be offset by the provision of benefits under this Section 6(a)(iii) and to cause the period of COBRA Coverage to commence at the end of the Benefit Continuation Period. For purposes of determining eligibility (but not the time of commencement of benefits) of the Executive for retiree welfare benefits pursuant to the retiree welfare benefit Plans, the Executive shall be considered to have remained employed until the end of the Employment Period and to have retired on the last day of such period, and the Company shall cause the Executive to be eligible to commence in the applicable retiree welfare benefit Plans as of the applicable benefit commencement date; and

 

-9-




(iv)       except as otherwise set forth in the last sentence of Section 7, to the extent not theretofore paid or provided, the Company shall timely pay or provide to the Executive any other amounts or benefits that the Executive is otherwise entitled to receive under any other plan, program, practice, policy, contract, arrangement or agreement of the Company or the affiliated companies (such other amounts and benefits, the “Other Benefits”).

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of Section 6(a)(i), in the event that the Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code (as determined in accordance with the methodology established by the Company as in effect on the Date of Termination) (a “Specified Employee”), amounts that would otherwise be payable under Section 6(a)(i) during the six-month period immediately following the Date of Termination (other than the Accrued Obligations) shall instead be paid, with interest on any delayed payment at the applicable federal rate provided for in Section 7872(f)(2)(A) of the Code (“Interest”), on the first business day after the date that is six months following the Executive’s “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code (the “409A Payment Date”).

 

(b)         Death . If the Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of the Executive’s death during the Employment Period, the Company shall provide the Executive’s estate or beneficiaries with the Accrued Obligations, the Pro-Rata Incentive Payment and the timely payment or delivery of the Other Benefits, and shall have no other severance obligations under this Agreement. The Accrued Obligations shall be paid to the Executive’s estate or beneficiary, as applicable, in a lump sum in cash within 30 days of the Date of Termination. With respect to the provision of the Other Benefits, the term “Other Benefits” as used in this Section 6(b) shall include, without limitation, and the Executive’s estate and/or beneficiaries shall be entitled to receive, benefits at least equal to the most favorable benefits provided by the Company and the affiliated companies to the estates and beneficiaries of peer executives of the Company and the affiliated companies under such Plans relating to death benefits, if any, as in effect with respect to other peer executives and their beneficiaries at any time during the 90-day period immediately preceding the Effective Date or, if more favorable to the Executive’s estate and/or the Executive’s beneficiaries, as in effect on the date of the Executive’s death with respect to other peer executives of the Company and the affiliated companies and their beneficiaries.

 

(c)         Disability . If the Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of the Executive’s Disability during the Employment Period, the Company shall provide the Executive with the Accrued Obligations and the Pro-Rata Incentive Payment the timely payment or delivery of the Other Benefits in accordance with the terms of the underlying plans or agreements, and shall have no other severance obligations under this Agreement. The Accrued Obligations and the Pro-Rata Incentive Payment shall be paid to the Executive in a lump sum in cash within 30 days of the Date of Termination, provided , that in the event that the Executive is a Specified Employee, the Pro-Rata Incentive Payment shall be paid, with Interest, to the Executive on the 409A Payment Date. With respect to the provision of the Other Benefits, the term “Other Benefits” as used in this Section 6(c) shall include, and the Executive shall be entitled after the Disability Effective Date to receive, disability and other benefits at least equal to the most favorable of those generally provided by the Company and the affiliated companies to disabled executives and/or their families in accordance with such Plans relating to disability, if any, as in effect generally with respect to other peer executives and their families at any time during the 90-day period immediately preceding the Effective Date or, if more favorable to the Executive and/or the Executive’s family, as in effect at any time thereafter generally with respect to other disabled peer executives of the Company and the affiliated companies and their families.

 

-10-




(d)         Cause; Other Than for Good Reason . If the Executive’s employment is terminated for Cause during the Employment Period, the Company shall provide to the Executive (i) the Accrued Obligations and (ii) the Other Benefits, in each case to the extent theretofore unpaid, and shall have no other severance obligations under this Agreement. If the Executive voluntarily terminates employment during the Employment Period, excluding a termination for Good Reason, the Company shall provide to the Executive the Accrued Obligations and the Pro-Rata Incentive Payment and the timely payment or delivery of the Other Benefits, and shall have no other severance obligations under this Agreement. In such case, the Accrued Obligations and the Pro-Rata Incentive Payment shall be paid to the Executive in a lump sum in cash within 30 days of the Date of Termination, provided , that in the event that the Executive is a Specified Employee, the Pro-Rata Incentive Payment shall be paid, with Interest, to the Executive on the 409A Payment Date.

 

7.          Non-Exclusivity of Rights . Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent or limit the Executive’s continuing or future participation in any plan, program, policy or practice provided by the Company or any of the affiliated companies (other than participation in any severance plan upon the Executive’s termination of employment during the Employment Period) and for which the Executive may qualify, nor, subject to Section 12(f) of this Agreement, shall anything herein limit or otherwise affect such rights as the Executive may have under any contract or agreement with the Company or any of the affiliated companies. Amounts which are vested benefits or which the Executive is otherwise entitled to receive under any plan, policy, practice or program of or any contract or agreement with the Company or any of the affiliated companies at or subsequent to the Date of Termination shall be payable in accordance with such plan, policy, practice or program or contract or agreement except as explicitly modified by this Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Executive’s resignation under this Agreement with or without Good Reason, shall in no way affect the Executive’s ability to terminate employment by reason of the Executive’s “retirement” under any compensation and benefits plans, programs or arrangements of the affiliated companies, including without limitation any retirement or pension plans or arrangements or to be eligible to receive benefits under any compensation or benefit plans, programs or arrangements of the affiliated companies, including without limitation any retirement or pension plan or arrangement of the affiliated companies or substitute plans adopted by the Company or its successors, and any termination which otherwise qualifies as Good Reason shall be treated as such even if it is also a “retirement” for purposes of any such plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Executive receives payments and benefits pursuant to Section 6(a) of this Agreement, the Executive shall not be entitled to any other severance pay or benefits under any severance plan, program or policy of the Company or the affiliated companies, unless expressly provided therein in a specific reference to this Agreement.

 

8.          Full Settlement; Legal Fees . The Company’s obligation to make the payments provided for in this Agreement and otherwise to perform its obligations hereunder shall not be affected by any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other claim, right or action which the Company may have against the Executive or others. In no event shall the Executive be obligated to seek other employment or take any other action by way of mitigation of the amounts payable to the Executive under any of the provisions of this Agreement and such amounts shall not be reduced whether or not the Executive obtains other employment. The Company agrees to pay as incurred (within 10 days following the Company’s receipt of an invoice from the Executive) at any time from the Effective Date of this Agreement through the Executive’s remaining lifetime (or, if longer, through the 20th anniversary of the Effective Date), to the full extent permitted by law, all legal fees and expenses which the Executive may reasonably incur as a result of any contest (regardless of the outcome thereof) by the Company, the Executive or others of the validity or enforceability of, or liability under, any provision of this Agreement or any guarantee of performance thereof (including as a result of any contest by the Executive about the amount of any payment pursuant to this Agreement), plus, in each case, Interest, provided , that the Executive shall have submitted an invoice for such fees and expenses at least 10 days before the end of the calendar year next following the calendar year in which such fees and expenses were incurred. The amount of such legal fees and expenses that the Company is obligated to pay in any given calendar year shall not affect the legal fees and expenses that the Company is obligated to pay in any other calendar year.

 

-11-




9.          Reduction of Payments in Certain Circumstances .

 

(a)        Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event PricewaterhouseCoopers or such other nationally recognized certified public accounting firm as may be designated by the Company (the “Accounting Firm”) shall determine that receipt of all payments or distributions by the Company or the affiliated companies in the nature of compensation to or for the Executive’s benefit, whether paid or payable pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise (a “Payment”) would subject the Executive to the excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code, the Accounting Firm shall determine whether to reduce any of the Payments paid or payable pursuant to this Agreement (the “Agreement Payments”) to the Reduced Amount (as defined below). The Agreement Payments shall be reduced to the Reduced Amount only if the Accounting Firm determines that the Executive would have a greater Net After-Tax Receipt (as defined below) of aggregate Payments if the Executive’s Agreement Payments were reduced to the Reduced Amount. If the Accounting Firm determines that the Executive would not have a greater Net After-Tax Receipt of aggregate Payments if the Executive’s Agreement Payments were so reduced, the Executive shall receive all Agreement Payments to which the Executive is entitled under this Agreement. For purposes of this Section 9, (i) “Reduced Amount” shall mean the greatest amount of Agreement Payments that can be paid that would not result in the imposition of the excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code if the Accounting Firm determines to reduce Agreement Payments pursuant to Section 9(a); and (ii) “Net After-Tax Receipt” shall mean the present value (as determined in accordance with Sections 280G(b)(2)(A)(ii) and 280G(d)(4) of the Code) of a Payment net of all taxes imposed on the Executive with respect thereto under Sections 1 and 4999 of the Code and under applicable state and local laws, determined by applying the highest marginal rate under Section 1 of the Code and under state and local laws which applied to the Executive’s taxable income for the immediately preceding taxable year, or such other rate(s) as the Accounting Firm determined to be likely to apply to the Executive in the relevant tax year(s).

 

(b)        If the Accounting Firm determines that aggregate Agreement Payments should be reduced to the Reduced Amount, the Company shall promptly give the Executive notice to that effect and a copy of the detailed calculation thereof. All determinations made by the Accounting Firm under this Section 9 shall be binding upon the Company and the Executive and shall be made as soon as reasonably practicable and in no event later than fifteen (15) days following the Date of Termination. For purposes of reducing the Agreement Payments to the Reduced Amount, only amounts payable under this Agreement (and no other Payments) shall be reduced. The reduction of the amounts payable hereunder, if applicable, shall be made by reducing the payments and benefits under the following sections in the following order: (i) Section 6(a)(1)(C), (ii) Section 6(a)(1)(B), (iii) Section 6(a)(iii) and (iv) Section 6(a)(ii). All fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm shall be borne solely by the Company.

 

(c)        As a result of the uncertainty in the application of Section 4999 of the Code at the time of the initial determination by the Accounting Firm hereunder, it is possible that amounts will have been paid or distributed by the Company to or for the benefit of the Executive pursuant to this Agreement which should not have been so paid or distributed (“Overpayment”) or that additional amounts which will have not been paid or distributed by the Company to or for the benefit of the Executive pursuant to this Agreement could have been so paid or distributed (“Underpayment”), in each case, consistent with the calculation of the Reduced Amount hereunder. In the event that the Accounting Firm, based upon the assertion of a deficiency by the Internal Revenue Service against either the Company or the Executive which the Accounting Firm believes has a high probability of success determines that an Overpayment has been made, the Executive shall pay any such Overpayment to the Company together with interest at the applicable federal rate provided for in Section 7872(f)(2) of the Code; provided , however, that no amount shall be payable by the Executive to the Company if and to the extent such payment would not either reduce the amount on which the Executive is subject to tax under Section 1 and Section 4999 of the Code or generate a refund of such taxes. In the event that the Accounting Firm, based upon controlling precedent or substantial authority, determines that an Underpayment has occurred, any such Underpayment shall be paid promptly (and in no event later than 60 days following the date on which the Underpayment is determined) by the Company to or for the benefit of the Executive together with interest at the applicable federal rate provided for in Section 7872(f)(2) of the Code.

 

-12-




10.        Confidential Information . The Executive shall comply with any and all confidentiality agreements with the Company to which the Executive is, or shall be, a party.

 

11.        Successors .

 

(a)        This Agreement is personal to the Executive and without the prior written consent of the Company shall not be assignable by the Executive other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Executive’s legal representatives.

 

(b)        This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns. Except as provided in Section 11(c) of this Agreement, this Agreement shall not be assignable by the Company.

 

(c)        The Company will require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company to assume expressly and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place. As used in this Agreement, “Company” shall mean the Company as hereinbefore defined and any successor to its business and/or assets as aforesaid which assumes and agrees to perform this Agreement by operation of law or otherwise.

 

12.        Miscellaneous .

 

(a)        This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Minnesota, without reference to principles of conflict of laws. The captions of this Agreement are not part of the provisions hereof and shall have no force or effect. This Agreement may not be amended or modified otherwise than by a written agreement executed by the parties hereto or their respective successors and legal representatives.

 

(b)        All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given by hand delivery to the other party or by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

 

If to the Executive :

 

At the most recent address on file at the Company.

 

If to the Company :

 

Medtronic, Inc.

Legal Dept. LC400

710 Medtronic Parkway

Minneapolis, MN 55432-5604

Attention: General Counsel

 

or to such other address as either party shall have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith. Notices and communications shall be effective when actually received by the addressee.

 

-13-




(c)        The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement.

 

(d)        The Company may withhold from any amounts payable under this Agreement such United States federal, state, or local or foreign taxes as shall be required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.

 

(e)        The Executive’s or the Company’s failure to insist upon strict compliance with any provision of this Agreement or the failure to assert any right the Executive or the Company may have hereunder, including, without limitation, the right of the Executive to terminate employment for Good Reason pursuant to Sections 5(c)(i) through 5(c)(v) of this Agreement, shall not be deemed to be a waiver of such provision or right or any other provision or right of this Agreement.

 

(f)        The Executive and the Company acknowledge that, except as may otherwise be provided under any other written agreement between the Executive and the Company, the employment of the Executive by the Company may be terminated by either the Executive or the Company at any time prior to the Effective Date or, subject to the obligations of the Company provided for in this Agreement in the event of a termination after the Effective Date, at any time on or after the Effective Date. Moreover, if prior to the Effective Date, (i) the Executive’s employment with the Company terminates or (ii) the Executive ceases to be an officer of the Company, then the Executive shall have no further rights under this Agreement. From and after the Effective Date, except with respect to the agreements described in Section 10 hereof, this Agreement shall supersede any other agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof in effect immediately prior to the execution of this Agreement.

 

(g)        The Agreement is intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code or an exemption or exclusion therefrom and, with respect to amounts that are subject to Section 409A of the Code, shall in all respects be administered in accordance with Section 409A of the Code. Each payment under this Agreement shall be treated as a separate payment for purposes of Section 409A of the Code. In no event may the Executive, directly or indirectly, designate the calendar year of any payment to be made under this Agreement. If the Executive dies following the Date of Termination and prior to the payment of any amounts delayed on account of Section 409A of the Code, such amounts shall be paid to the personal representative of the Executive’s estate within 30 days after the date of the Executive’s death. All reimbursements and in-kind benefits provided under this Agreement that constitute deferred compensation within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code shall be made or provided in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, including, without limitation, that (i) in no event shall reimbursements by the Company under this Agreement be made later than the end of the calendar year next following the calendar year in which the applicable fees and expenses were incurred, provided, that the Executive shall have submitted an invoice for such fees and expenses at least 10 days before the end of the calendar year next following the calendar year in which such fees and expenses were incurred; (ii) the amount of in-kind benefits that the Company is obligated to pay or provide in any given calendar year shall not affect the in-kind benefits that the Company is obligated to pay or provide in any other calendar year; (iii) the Executive’s right to have the Company pay or provide such reimbursements and in-kind benefits may not be liquidated or exchanged for any other benefit; and (iv) in no event shall the Company’s obligations to make such reimbursements or to provide such in-kind benefits apply later than the Executive’s remaining lifetime (or if longer, through the 20th anniversary of the Effective Date). Prior to the Effective Date but within the time period permitted by the applicable Treasury Regulations (or such later time as may be permitted under Section 409A or any IRS or Department of Treasury rules or other guidance issued thereunder), the Company may, in consultation with the Executive, modify the Agreement, in the least restrictive manner necessary and without any diminution in the value of the payments to the Executive, in order to cause the provisions of the Agreement to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, so as to avoid the imposition of taxes and penalties on the Executive pursuant to Section 409A of the Code.

 

-14-




IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Executive has hereunto set the Executive’s hand and, pursuant to the authorization from its Board of Directors, the Company has caused these presents to be executed in its name on its behalf, all as of the day and year first above written.

 

EXECUTIVE

 

MEDTRONIC, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

By:

 

 

[Name]

 

[Title]

 

 

[Name]

 

[Title]

 

 

 

 









-15-




Exhibit 10.2

 

MEDTRONIC, INC.

2008 STOCK AWARD AND INCENTIVE PLAN

 

(As amended and restated effective August 27, 2009)

 

SECTION 1.

Purpose; Definitions.

 

1.1.         Purpose. The purpose of this Medtronic, Inc. 2008 Stock Award and Incentive Plan (this “ Plan ”) is to give the Company and its Affiliates and Subsidiaries (each as defined below) a competitive advantage in attracting, retaining, and motivating officers, employees, directors, and consultants, to provide financial rewards that are intended to be deductible to the maximum extent possible as “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code (as defined below), and to provide the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates with an incentive plan that gives officers, employees, directors, and consultants financial incentives directly linked to shareholder value. This Plan is intended to be a successor to the Company’s Amended and Restated 1994 Stock Award Plan, the Medtronic, Inc. 1998 Outside Director Stock Compensation Plan, the Medtronic, Inc. Executive Incentive Plan, the Medtronic, Inc. – Kyphon Inc. 2002 Stock Plan, and the Medtronic, Inc. 2003 Long-Term Incentive Plan, and to serve as the Company’s primary vehicle for equity compensation awards and long-term cash incentive awards for employees, directors, and other service providers, as well as annual bonus awards for the Company’s executive officers. Following the date that this Plan is approved by the Company’s shareholders, no further equity compensation awards shall be granted pursuant to any other Company plan (it being understood that outstanding awards under such plans will continue to be settled pursuant to the terms of such plans).

 

1.2.         Definitions. Certain terms used herein have definitions given to them in the first place in which they are used. In addition, for purposes of this Plan, the following terms are defined as set forth below:

 

(a)     “ Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, any regulations promulgated thereunder, and any successor thereto.

 

(b)     “ Administrator ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2.

 

(c)     “ Affiliate ” means a corporation or other entity controlled by, controlling, or under common control with, the Company.

 

(d)     “ Applicable Exchange ” means the New York Stock Exchange or such other securities exchange as may at the applicable time be the principal market for the Common Stock.

 

(e)     “ Award ” means an Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Unit, Other Stock-Based Award, or Performance Award granted pursuant to the terms of this Plan.

 

(f)     “ Award Agreement ” means a written document or agreement setting forth the terms and conditions of a specific Award.

 

(g)     “ Beneficial Owner ” shall have the meaning given in Rule 13d-3, promulgated pursuant to the Act.

 

(h)     “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

(i)      “ Cause ” means, unless otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, (i) “Cause” as defined in any Individual Agreement to which the applicable Participant is a party and which is operative at the time in question, or (ii) if there is no such Individual Agreement, or if it does not define “Cause”: (A) commission by the Participant of a felony under federal law or the law of the state in which such action occurred, (B) failure on the part of the Participant to perform such Participant’s employment duties in any material respect, (C) the Participant’s prolonged absence from duty without the consent of the Company, (D) intentional engagement by the Participant in any activity that is in conflict with or adverse to the business or other interests of the Company, or (E) willful misconduct or malfeasance of duty which is reasonably determined to be detrimental to the Company. Notwithstanding the general rule of Section 2.3, following a Change of Control, any determination by the Committee as to whether “Cause” exists shall be subject to de novo review.

 

B-1

 



(j)     “ Change of Control ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.2.

 

(k)     “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and any successor thereto, regulations promulgated thereunder, and other relevant interpretive guidance issued by the Internal Revenue Service or the Treasury Department. Reference to any specific section of the Code shall be deemed to include such regulations and guidance, as well as any successor provision of the Code.

 

(l)      “ Committee ” means a committee or subcommittee of the Board, appointed from time to time by the Board, which committee or subcommittee shall consist of two or more non-employee directors, each of whom is intended to be, to the extent required by Rule 16b-3, a “non-employee director” as defined in Rule 16b-3 and, to the extent required by Section 162(m) of the Code and any regulations promulgated thereunder, an “outside director” as defined under Section 162(m) of the Code. Initially, and unless and until otherwise determined by the Board, “Committee” means the Compensation Committee of the Board.

 

(m)     “ Common Stock ” means common stock, par value $0.10 per share, of the Company.

 

(n)     “ Company ” means Medtronic, Inc., a Minnesota corporation.

 

(o)     “ Disaffiliation ” means a Subsidiary’s or Affiliate’s ceasing to be a Subsidiary or Affiliate for any reason (including, without limitation, as a result of a public offering, or a spinoff or sale by the Company, of the stock of the Subsidiary or Affiliate) or a sale of a division of the Company or its Affiliates.

 

(p)      “ Eligible Individuals ” means directors, officers, employees, and consultants of the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate, and prospective employees, officers and consultants, who have accepted offers of employment or consultancy from the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate.

 

(q)     “ Fair Market Value ” means, unless otherwise determined by the Committee, the closing price of a share of Common Stock on the Applicable Exchange on the date of measurement or, if Shares were not traded on the Applicable Exchange on such measurement date, on the next preceding date on which Shares were traded, all as reported by such source as the Committee may select. If the Common Stock is not listed on a national securities exchange, Fair Market Value shall be determined by the Committee in its good faith discretion, taking into account, to the extent appropriate, the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

 

(r)     “ Free-Standing SAR ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.3.

 

(s)     “ Full-Value Award ” means any Award other than an Option, Stock Appreciation Right, or Performance Cash Award.

 

(t)      “ Good Reason ” means a Termination of Employment during the two-year period following a Change of Control by a Participant if (i) such Termination of Employment constitutes a termination for “good reason” or qualifies under any similar constructive termination provision in any Individual Agreement applicable to such Participant, or (ii) if the Participant is not party to any such Individual Agreement, or if such Individual Agreement does not contain such a provision, any Termination of Employment following the occurrence of: (A) an involuntary relocation that increases the Participant’s commute by more than 50 miles from the commute in effect immediately prior to the applicable Change of Control, (B) a material reduction in either the Participant’s base pay or in the Participant’s overall compensation opportunity from the levels in effect immediately prior to the applicable Change of Control or (C) a material reduction in the Participant’s authority, duties or responsibilities below the levels in effect immediately prior to the applicable Change of Control. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Termination of Employment shall be deemed to be for Good Reason under clause (ii) of this Section 1.2(t) only if the Participant provides written notice to the Company of the existence of one or more of the conditions giving rise to Good Reason within 90 days of the initial existence of such condition, the Company fails to cure such condition during the 30-day period (the “ Cure Period ”) following its receipt of such notice, and the Participant terminates employment within 180 days following the conclusion of the Cure Period.

 

B-2

 



(u)     “ Grant Date ” means (i) the date on which the Committee (or its delegate, if applicable) takes action to select an Eligible Individual to receive a grant of an Award and determines the number of Shares to be subject to such Award, or (ii) such later date as is provided by the Committee (or its delegate, if applicable).

 

(v)     “ Incentive Stock Option ” means any Option that is designated in the applicable Award Agreement as an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code or any successor provision thereto, and that in fact qualifies.

 

(w)    “ Individual Agreement ” means an employment, consulting, severance, change of control severance, or similar agreement between a Participant and the Company or between the Participant and any of the Company’s Subsidiaries or Affiliates. For purposes of this Plan, an Individual Agreement shall be considered “operative” during its term; provided , that an Individual Agreement under which severance or other substantive protections, compensation and/or benefits are provided only following a change of control or termination of employment in anticipation of a change of control shall not be considered “operative” until the occurrence of a Change of Control or Termination of Employment in anticipation of a Change of Control, as the case may be.

 

(x)     “ ISO Eligible Employee ” means an employee of the Company, any subsidiary corporation (within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code), or parent corporation (within the meaning of Section 424(e) of the Code).

 

(y)     “ Nonqualified Option ” means any Option that either (i) is not designated as an Incentive Stock Option or (ii) is so designated but fails to qualify as such.

 

(z)     “ Other Stock-Based Awards ” means Awards of Common Stock and other Awards that are valued in whole or in part by reference to, or are otherwise based upon, Common Stock, including (without limitation) unrestricted stock, dividend equivalents, and convertible debentures.

 

(aa)    “ Option ” means an Award granted under Section 5.1.

 

(bb)    “ Participant ” means an Eligible Individual to whom an Award is or has been granted.

 

(cc)    “ Performance Award ” means a Performance Cash Award, an Award of Performance-Based Restricted Stock, or Performance Units, as each is defined herein.

 

(dd)    “ Performance-Based Restricted Stock ” shall have the meaning given in Section 6.1.

 

(ee)    “ Performance Cash Award ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.

 

(ff)     “ Performance Goals ” means the performance goals established by the Committee in connection with the grant of a Performance Award. In the case of Qualified Performance-Based Awards, (i) such goals shall be based on the attainment of or changes in specified levels of one or more of the following measures: sales, net sales, revenue, revenue growth or product revenue growth, operating income (before or after taxes), return on invested capital, return on capital employed, pre- or after-tax income (before or after allocation or corporate overhead and bonus), net earnings, earnings per share, diluted earnings per share, consolidated earnings before or after taxes (including earnings before some or all of the following: interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization), net income, gross profit, gross margin, year-end cash, debt reductions, book value per share, return on equity, expense management, return on investment, improvements in capital structure, profitability of an identifiable business unit or product, maintenance or improvements of profit margins, stock price, market share, costs, cash flow, working capital, return on assets or net assets, asset turnover, inventory turnover, economic value added (economic profit) or equivalent metrics, comparison with various stock market indices, appreciation in and/or maintenance of share price, reductions in costs, regulatory achievements, implementation, completion or attainment of measurable objectives with respect to research, development, products or projects and recruiting or maintaining personnel, and total shareholder return; each as measured with respect to the Company or one or more Affiliates, Subsidiaries, divisions, business units, or business segments of the Company, either in absolute terms or relative to the performance of one or more other companies or an index covering multiple companies; (ii) such Performance Goals shall be set by the Committee in the time period prescribed by Section 162(m) of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder; and (iii) such Performance Goals shall be objective, preestablished performance goals within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

B-3

 



(gg)    “ Performance Period ” means that period established by the Committee at the time any Performance Award is granted or at any time thereafter during which any Performance Goal specified by the Committee with respect to such Award is to be measured.

 

(hh)    “ Performance Units ” shall have the meaning given in Section 7.1.

 

(ii)     “ Plan ” means this Medtronic, Inc. 2008 Stock Award and Incentive Plan, as set forth herein and as hereafter amended from time to time.

 

(jj)     “ Qualified Performance-Based Award ” means an Award intended to qualify for the Section 162(m) Exemption, as provided in Section 11.

 

(kk)    “ Replaced Award ” shall have the meaning given in Section 10.1.

 

(ll)     “ Replacement Award ” shall have the meaning given in Section 10.1.

 

(mm)   “ Restricted Stock ” shall have the meaning given in Section 6.

 

(nn)    “ Restricted Stock Units ” shall have the meaning given in Section 7.

 

(oo)   “ Restriction Period ” means, with respect to Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units, the period commencing with the Grant Date and ending upon the expiration of the applicable vesting conditions or the achievement of the applicable Performance Goals (it being understood that the Committee may provide that restrictions shall lapse with respect to portions of the applicable Award during the Restriction Period).

 

(pp)   “ Section 162(m) Exemption ” means the exemption from the limitation on deductibility imposed by Section 162(m) of the Code that is set forth in Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code.

 

(qq)    “ Share ” means a share of Common Stock.

 

(rr)     “ Stock Appreciation Right ” or “ SAR ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.3.

 

(ss)    “ Subsidiary ” means any corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, or other entity during any period in which at least a 50% voting or profits interest is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company or any successor to the Company.

 

(tt)     “ Substitute Award ” means any Award granted in assumption of, or in substitution for, an award of a company or business (that is not, prior to the applicable transaction, a Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company) acquired by the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate or with which the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate combines.

 

(uu)    “ Tandem SAR ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.3.

 

(vv)   “ Ten Percent Shareholder ” means a person owning stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company, any subsidiary corporation (within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code), or parent corporation (within the meaning of Section 424(e) of the Code).

 

B-4

 



(ww)  “ Term ” means the maximum period during which an Option or Stock Appreciation Right may remain outstanding, subject to earlier termination upon Termination of Employment or otherwise, as specified in the applicable Award Agreement.

 

(xx)   “ Termination of Employment ” means, unless otherwise provided in the Award Agreement, the termination of the applicable Participant’s employment with, or performance of services for, the Company and any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, a Participant employed by, or performing services for, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate or a division of the Company or its Affiliates shall be deemed to incur a Termination of Employment if, as a result of a Disaffiliation, such Subsidiary, Affiliate, or division ceases to be a Subsidiary, Affiliate or division, as the case may be, and the Participant does not immediately become an employee of, or service provider for, the Company or another Subsidiary or Affiliate. Temporary absences from employment because of illness, vacation, or leave of absence, and transfers among the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, shall not be considered Terminations of Employment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any Award that constitutes “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, “Termination of Employment” shall mean a “separation from service” as defined under Section 409A of the Code.

 

SECTION 2.

Administration.

 

2.1.         Committee. The Plan shall be administered by the Committee or a duly designated Administrator, as defined herein. The Committee shall, subject to Section 11, have plenary authority to grant Awards to Eligible Individuals pursuant to the terms of the Plan. Among other things, the Committee shall have the authority, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan:

 

(a)     To select the Eligible Individuals to whom Awards may be granted;

 

(b)     To determine whether and to what extent Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Other Stock-Based Awards, or Performance Awards, or any combination thereof, are to be granted hereunder;

 

(c)     To determine the number of Shares to be covered by each Award granted under the Plan;

 

(d)     To determine the terms and conditions of each Award granted hereunder, based on such factors as the Committee shall determine;

 

(e)     Subject to Section 12, to modify, amend, or adjust the terms and conditions of any Award;

 

(f)     To adopt, alter, or repeal such administrative rules, guidelines, and practices governing the Plan as the Committee shall from time to time deem advisable;

 

(g)     To interpret the terms and provisions of the Plan and any Award issued under the Plan (and any agreement relating thereto);

 

(h)     Subject to Sections 11 and 12, to accelerate the vesting or lapse of restrictions of any outstanding Award, based in each case on such considerations as the Committee in its sole discretion may determine;

 

(i)     To decide all other matters that must be determined in connection with an Award;

 

(j)      To determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances cash, Shares, and other property and other amounts payable with respect to an Award under this Plan shall be deferred either automatically or at the election of the Participant; and

 

(k)     To otherwise administer the Plan.

 



2.2.         Committee Procedures; Board Authority. The Committee shall exercise its authority under the Plan as follows:

 

(a)     The Committee may act only with the assent of a majority of its members then in office, except that the Committee may, except to the extent prohibited by applicable law or the listing standards of the Applicable Exchange and subject to Section 11.3, allocate all or any portion of its responsibilities and powers to any one or more of its members and may delegate all or any part of its responsibilities and powers to any person or persons selected by it (the “ Administrator ”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may not so delegate any responsibility or power to the extent that such delegation would cause a Qualified Performance-Based Award hereunder not to qualify for the Section 162(m) Exemption, or make any Award hereunder subject to (and not exempt from) the short-swing recovery rules of Section 16(b) of the Act. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Committee may not delegate its responsibilities and powers to grant, establish the terms and conditions of, and otherwise administer Qualified Performance-Based Awards, nor its responsibilities and powers to grant and establish the terms and conditions of Awards to Participants who are subject to Section 16(b) (as defined in Section 11.4 below).

 

(b)     Subject to Section 11.3, any authority granted to the Committee may also be exercised by the full Board. To the extent that any permitted action taken by the Board conflicts with action taken by the Committee, the Board action shall control.

 

2.3.         Discretion of Committee. Subject to Section 1.2(i), any determination made by the Committee or by the Administrator under the provisions of the Plan with respect to any Award shall be made in the sole discretion of the Committee or the Administrator at the time of the grant of the Award or, unless in contravention of any express term of the Plan, at any time thereafter. All decisions made by the Committee or the Administrator shall be final and binding on all persons, including the Company, Participants, and Eligible Individuals.

 

2.4.         Award Agreements. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, the terms and conditions of each Award, as determined by the Committee, shall be set forth in a written Award Agreement. Award Agreements may be amended only in accordance with Section 12 hereof.

 

SECTION 3.

Common Stock Subject to Plan.

 

3.1.         Plan Maximums. Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 3.4, (a) the maximum number of Shares that may be issued pursuant to Awards under the Plan shall be 100,000,000, and (b) the maximum number of Shares that may be issued pursuant to Options intended to be Incentive Stock Options shall be 100,000,000. Shares subject to an Award under the Plan may be authorized and unissued Shares or may be treasury shares.

 

3.2.         Rules for Calculating Shares Issued. For purposes of the limits set forth in Section 3.1 (but not for purposes of the limits set forth in Section 3.3), each Share that is subject to a Full-Value Award shall be counted as 3.0 Shares. To the extent that any Award under this Plan is forfeited, or any Option and related Tandem SAR or any Free-Standing SAR granted under this Plan terminates, expires, or lapses without being exercised, or any Award is settled for cash, the Shares subject to such Awards not delivered as a result thereof shall thereupon become available (in the case of Full-Value Awards, based upon the share-counting ratio set forth in the first sentence of this Section 3.2) for Awards under the Plan. If the exercise price of any Option or the tax withholding obligations relating to any Award are satisfied by delivering Shares (either actually or through attestation) to the Company, or if a SAR is settled for Shares, the gross number of Shares (in the case of Full-Value Awards, based upon the share-counting ratio set forth in the first sentence of this Section 3.2) subject to the Award shall nonetheless be deemed to have been issued for purposes of Section 3.1. In addition, in the case of any Substitute Award, Shares delivered or deliverable in connection with such Substitute Award shall not be deemed granted or issued under the Plan for purposes of Sections 3.1 or 3.3.

 

3.3.         Individual Limits. Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 3.4, no Participant may be granted Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Other Stock-Based Awards, Performance Awards, or any combination thereof relating to more than 2,000,000 Shares under the Plan during any fiscal year. In addition to the foregoing, the maximum dollar value that may be paid to any Participant in Qualified Performance-Based Awards denominated in cash in any fiscal year shall be $10,000,000, including any amounts earned during such fiscal year and deferred. If an Award is cancelled, the cancelled Award shall continue to be counted towards the limitations set forth in this Section 3.3.

 



3.4.         Adjustment Provision. The Committee shall have authority to make adjustments under the Plan as provided below:

 

(a)     In the event of a merger, consolidation, acquisition of property or shares, stock rights offering, liquidation, separation, spinoff, Disaffiliation, extraordinary dividend of cash or other property, or similar event affecting the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (a “ Corporate Transaction ”), the Committee, or the Board may in its discretion make such substitutions or adjustments as it deems appropriate and equitable to (i) the aggregate number and kind of Shares or other securities reserved for issuance and delivery under the Plan, (ii) the various maximum share limitations set forth in Sections 3.1 and 3.3, (iii) the number and kind of Shares or other securities subject to outstanding Awards, and (iv) the exercise price of outstanding Awards.

 

(b)     In the event of a stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, share combination, recapitalization, or similar event affecting the capital structure of the Company, the Committee or the Board shall make such substitutions or adjustments as it deems appropriate and equitable to (i) the aggregate number and kind of Shares or other securities reserved for issuance and delivery under the Plan, (ii) the various share maximum limitations set forth in Sections 3.1 and 3.3, (iii) the number and kind of Shares or other securities subject to outstanding Awards, and (iv) the exercise price of outstanding Awards.

 

(c)     In the case of Corporate Transactions, such adjustments may include, without limitation, (i) the cancellation of outstanding Awards in exchange for payments of cash, property, or a combination thereof having an aggregate value equal to the value of such Awards, as determined by the Committee or the Board in its sole discretion (it being understood that, in the case of a Corporate Transaction with respect to which shareholders of Common Stock receive consideration other than publicly traded equity securities of the Surviving Corporation (as defined below in Section 10.2), any such determination by the Committee that the value of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right shall for this purpose be deemed to equal the excess, if any, of the value of the consideration being paid for each Share pursuant to such Corporate Transaction over the exercise price of such Option or Stock Appreciation Right shall conclusively be deemed valid), (ii) the substitution of other property (including, without limitation, cash or other securities of the Company and securities of entities other than the Company) for the Shares subject to outstanding Awards, and (iii) in connection with a Disaffiliation, arranging for the assumption of Awards, or replacement of Awards with new awards based on other property or other securities (including, without limitation, other securities of the Company and securities of entities other than the Company), by the affected Subsidiary, Affiliate, or division of the Company or by the entity that controls such Subsidiary, Affiliate, or division of the Company following such Corporate Transaction (as well as any corresponding adjustments to Awards that remain based upon Company securities).

 

(d)     The Committee may adjust the Performance Goals applicable to any Awards to reflect any unusual or non-recurring events and other extraordinary items as approved by the Committee, including without limitation certain litigation and in-process research and development, impact of charges for restructurings, discontinued operations, and the cumulative effects of accounting or tax changes, each as defined by generally accepted accounting principles, under rules promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission, or as identified in the Company’s financial statements, notes to the financial statements, management’s discussion and analysis, or other public filings, provided that (i) in the case of Performance Goals applicable to any Qualified Performance-Based Award, such adjustment does not cause an Award to fail to qualify for the Section 162(m) Exemption, and (ii) the determination whether any such adjustments will apply to a Qualified Performance-Based Award is made at such time and in such a manner as is necessary to ensure that such Qualified Performance Based Award does not fail to qualify for the Section 162(m) Exemption.

 

3.5.         Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding the foregoing: (a) any adjustments made pursuant to Section 3.4 to Awards that are considered “deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code shall be made in compliance with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and (b) any adjustments made pursuant to Section 3.4 to Awards that are not considered “deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A of the Code shall be made in such a manner as to ensure that, after such adjustment, the Awards either (i) continue not to be subject to Section 409A of the Code, or (ii) comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, and (c) in any event, the Board, the Committee, and the Administrator shall not have any authority to make any adjustments pursuant to Section 3.4 to the extent that the existence of such authority would cause an Award that is not intended to be subject to Section 409A of the Code at the Grant Date to be subject thereto.

 



SECTION 4.

Eligibility.

 

4.1.         Eligible Individuals; Incentive Stock Options. Awards may be granted under the Plan to Eligible Individuals; provided , that Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to employees of the Company and its Subsidiaries or parent corporation (within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code).

 

SECTION 5.

Options and Stock Appreciation Rights.

 

5.1.         Types of Options. Options may be of two types: Incentive Stock Options and Nonqualified Options. The Award Agreement for an Option shall indicate whether the Option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonqualified Option; provided, that any Option that is designated as an Incentive Stock Option but fails to meet the requirements therefor (as described in Section 5.2 or otherwise), and any Option that is not expressly designated as intended to be an Incentive Stock Option shall be treated as a Nonqualified Option.

 

5.2.         Incentive Stock Option Limitations. To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value, determined at the time of grant, of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time during any calendar year under the Plan or any other stock option plan of the Company, any subsidiary corporation (within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code), or parent corporation (within the meaning of Section 424(e) of the Code) exceeds $100,000, such Options shall be deemed Nonqualified Options. If an ISO Eligible Employee does not remain employed by the Company, any subsidiary corporation (within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code), or parent corporation (within the meaning of Section 424(e) of the Code) at all times from the time an Incentive Stock Option is granted until 3 months prior to the date of exercise thereof (or such other period as required by applicable law), such Option shall be treated as a Nonqualified Stock Option. Should any provision of the Plan not be necessary in order for any Options to qualify as Incentive Stock Options, or should any additional provisions be required, the Committee may amend the Plan accordingly, without the necessity of obtaining the approval of the shareholders of the Company.

 

5.3.         Types and Nature of Stock Appreciation Rights. Stock Appreciation Rights may be “ Tandem SARs ”, which are granted in conjunction with an Option, or “ Free-Standing SARs ”, which are not granted in conjunction with an Option. Upon the exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right, the Participant shall be entitled to receive an amount in cash, Shares, or both, in value equal to the product of (a) the excess of the Fair Market Value of one Share over the exercise price of the applicable Stock Appreciation Right, multiplied by (b) the number of Shares in respect of which the Stock Appreciation Right has been exercised. The applicable Award Agreement shall specify whether such payment is to be made in cash or Common Stock or both, or shall reserve to the Committee or the Participant the right to make that determination prior to or upon the exercise of the Stock Appreciation Right.

 

5.4.         Tandem SARs. A Tandem SAR may be granted at the Grant Date of the related Option. A Tandem SAR shall be exercisable only at such time or times and to the extent that the related Option is exercisable in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5, and shall have the same exercise price as the related Option. A Tandem SAR shall terminate or be forfeited upon the exercise or forfeiture of the related Option, and the related Option shall terminate or be forfeited upon the exercise or forfeiture of the Tandem SAR.

 

5.5.         Exercise Price. Except in respect of Replacement Awards or Substitute Awards, the exercise price per Share subject to an Option or Free-Standing SAR shall be determined by the Committee and set forth in the applicable Award Agreement, and shall not be less than the Fair Market Value of a share of the Common Stock on the applicable Grant Date; provided , that if an Incentive Stock Option is granted to a Ten Percent Shareholder, the exercise price shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value of the Stock on the applicable Grant Date.

 



5.6.         Term. The Term of each Option and each Free-Standing SAR shall be fixed by the Committee, but shall not exceed 10 years from the Grant Date.

 

5.7.         Vesting and Exercisability. Except as otherwise provided herein, Options and Free-Standing SARs shall be exercisable at such time or times and subject to such terms and conditions as shall be determined by the Committee. Subject to the terms of the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement, in no event shall the vesting schedule of an Option or Free-Standing SAR provide that such Option or Free-Standing SAR vest prior to the first anniversary of the date of grant, provided, however , that up to five percent of the Shares available for grant as Options or Free-Standing SARs may be issued without regard to the foregoing provision.

 

5.8.         Method of Exercise. Subject to the provisions of this Section 5, Options and Free-Standing SARs may be exercised, in whole or in part, at any time during the applicable Term by giving written notice of exercise to the Company specifying the number of Shares as to which the Option or Free-Standing SAR is being exercised. In the case of the exercise of an Option, such notice shall be accompanied by payment in full of the purchase price (which shall equal the product of such number of shares multiplied by the applicable exercise price) by certified or bank check or such other instrument as the Company may accept. If approved by the Committee (which approval may be set forth in the applicable Award Agreement or otherwise), payment, in full or in part, may also be made as follows:

 

(a)     Payment may be made in the form of Shares (by delivery of such shares or by attestation) of the same class as the Common Stock subject to the Option already owned by the Participant (based on the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date the Option is exercised); provided that, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the right to make a payment in the form of already owned Shares of the same class as the Common Stock subject to the Option may be authorized only at the time the Option is granted.

 

(b)     To the extent permitted by applicable law, payment may be made by delivering a properly executed exercise notice to the Company, together with a copy of irrevocable instructions to a broker to deliver promptly to the Company the amount of sale or loan proceeds necessary to pay the purchase price, and, if requested, the amount of any federal, state, local, or foreign withholding taxes. To facilitate the foregoing, the Company may, to the extent permitted by applicable law, enter into agreements for coordinated procedures with one or more brokerage firms.

 

(c)     Payment may be made by instructing the Company to withhold a number of Shares having a Fair Market Value (based on the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date the applicable Option is exercised) equal to the product of (i) the exercise price multiplied by (ii) the number of Shares in respect of which the Option shall have been exercised.

 

5.9.         Delivery; Rights of Shareholders. No Shares shall be delivered pursuant to the exercise of an Option until the exercise price therefor has been fully paid and applicable taxes have been withheld. The applicable Participant shall have all of the rights of a shareholder of the Company holding the class or series of Common Stock that is subject to the Option or Stock Appreciation Right (including, if applicable, the right to vote the applicable Shares and the right to receive dividends), when (a) the Company has received a written notice from the Participant of exercise that complies with all procedures established under this Plan for effective exercise, including, without limitation, completion and delivery of all required forms, (b) the Participant has, if requested, given the representation described in Section 15.1, and (c) in the case of an Option, the Participant has paid in full for such Shares.

 

5.10.       Nontransferability of Options and Stock Appreciation Rights. No Option or Free-Standing SAR shall be transferable by a Participant other than, for no value or consideration, (a) by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, or (b) in the case of a Nonqualified Option or Free-Standing SAR, as otherwise expressly permitted by the Committee including, if so permitted, pursuant to a transfer to the Participant’s family members, whether directly or indirectly or by means of a trust or partnership or otherwise. For purposes of this Plan, unless otherwise determined by the Committee, “family member” shall have the meaning given to such term in General Instructions A.1(a)(5) to Form S-8 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any successor thereto. A Tandem SAR shall be transferable only with the related Option and only to the extent the Option is transferable pursuant to the preceding sentence. Any Option or Stock Appreciation Right shall be exercisable, subject to the terms of this Plan, only by the applicable Participant, the guardian or legal representative of such Participant, or any person to whom such Option or Stock Appreciation Right is permissibly transferred pursuant to this Section 5.10, it being understood that the term “Participant” includes such guardian, legal representative and other transferee; provided , that the term “Termination of Employment” shall continue to refer to the Termination of Employment of the original Participant.

 



5.11.             No Dividend or Dividend Equivalents. No dividend or other distribution or award of dividend equivalents may be granted with respect to any Option or SAR granted under this Plan.

 

5.12.             No Repricing. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, in no event may any Option or SAR be amended, other than pursuant to Section 3.4, to decrease the exercise price thereof, be cancelled in conjunction with the grant of any new Option or SAR with a lower exercise price, or otherwise be subject to any action that would be treated, for accounting purposes, as a “repricing” of such Option or SAR, unless such amendment, cancellation, or action is approved by the Company’s shareholders.

 

SECTION 6.

Restricted Stock (Including Performance-Based Restricted Stock).

 

6.1.         Nature of Award; Certificates. Shares of Restricted Stock are actual Shares issued to a Participant, and shall be evidenced in such manner as the Committee may deem appropriate, including book-entry registration or issuance of one or more stock certificates. “ Performance-Based Restricted Stock ” is an Award of Shares of Restricted Stock, the vesting of which is subject to the attainment of Performance Goals. In the event that the Committee grants Shares of Performance-Based Restricted Stock, the performance levels to be achieved for each Performance Period and the amount of the Award to be distributed shall be conclusively determined by the Committee. Any certificate issued in respect of Shares of Restricted Stock shall be registered in the name of the applicable Participant and, in the case of Restricted Stock, shall bear an appropriate legend referring to the terms, conditions, and restrictions applicable to such Award. The Committee may require that the certificates evidencing such shares be held in custody by the Company until the restrictions thereon shall have lapsed and that, as a condition of any Award of Restricted Stock, the applicable Participant shall have delivered a stock power, endorsed in blank, relating to the Common Stock covered by such Award.

 

 

6.2.

Terms and Conditions. Shares of Restricted Stock shall be subject to the following terms and conditions:

 

(a)     The Committee shall, prior to or at the time of grant, condition the vesting or transferability of an Award of Restricted Stock upon the continued service of the applicable Participant or the attainment of Performance Goals, or the attainment of Performance Goals and the continued service of the applicable Participant. In the event that the Committee conditions the grant or vesting of an Award of Restricted Stock upon the attainment of Performance Goals (or the attainment of Performance Goals and the continued service of the applicable Participant), the Committee may, prior to or at the time of grant, designate such an Award as a Qualified Performance-Based Award. The conditions for grant, vesting, or transferability and the other provisions of Restricted Stock Awards (including without limitation any Performance Goals applicable to Performance-Based Restricted Stock) need not be the same with respect to each Participant.

 

(b)     Subject to the terms of the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement, any Award of Restricted Stock shall be subject to a vesting period of at least three years following the date of grant, provided that vesting during a period of at least one year following the date of grant is permissible if vesting is conditioned upon the achievement of Performance Goals, and provided , further, that an Award may vest in part on a pro rata basis (as specified in the applicable Award Agreement) prior to the expiration of any vesting period, and provided , further, that up to five percent of Shares available for grant as Restricted Stock (together with all other Shares available for grant as Full-Value Awards) may be issued without regard to the foregoing requirements, and the Committee may accelerate the vesting and lapse any restrictions with respect to Restricted Stock granted in respect of such five percent of Shares.

 

(c)     Subject to the provisions of the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement, during the Restriction Period, the Participant shall not be permitted to sell, assign, transfer, pledge, or otherwise encumber Shares of Restricted Stock.

 



(d)     If any applicable Performance Goals are satisfied and the Restriction Period expires without a prior forfeiture of the Shares of Restricted Stock for which legended certificates have been issued, either (i) unlegended certificates for such Shares shall be delivered to the Participant upon surrender of the legended certificates, or (ii) such Shares shall be evidenced in such manner as the Committee may deem appropriate, including book-entry registration.

 

6.3.         Rights of Shareholder. Except as provided in the applicable Award Agreement, the applicable Participant shall have, with respect to Shares of Restricted Stock, all of the rights of a shareholder of the Company holding the class or series of Common Stock that is the subject of the Restricted Stock, including, if applicable, the right to vote the Shares and the right to receive any dividends and other distributions, provided, however, that in no event shall a dividend or other distribution or dividend equivalent be paid or granted on Performance-Based Restricted Stock where all applicable Performance Goals have not been attained.

 

SECTION 7.

Restricted Stock Units (Including Performance Units).

 

7.1.         Nature of Award. Restricted Stock Units are Awards denominated in Shares that will be settled, subject to the terms and conditions of the applicable Award Agreement, (a) in cash, based upon the Fair Market Value of a specified number of Shares, (b) in Shares, or (c) a combination thereof. “ Performance Units ” are Restricted Stock Units, the vesting of which are subject to the attainment of Performance Goals. In the event that the Committee grants Performance Units, the performance levels to be achieved for each Performance Period and the amount of the Award to be distributed shall be conclusively determined by the Committee.

 

7.2.         Terms and Conditions. Restricted Stock Units shall be subject to the following terms and conditions:

 

(a)     The Committee shall, prior to or at the time of grant, condition the grant, vesting, or transferability of Restricted Stock Units upon the continued service of the applicable Participant or the attainment of Performance Goals, or the attainment of Performance Goals and the continued service of the applicable Participant. In the event that the Committee conditions the grant or vesting of Restricted Stock Units upon the attainment of Performance Goals (or the attainment of Performance Goals and the continued service of the applicable Participant), the Committee may, prior to or at the time of grant, designate such an Award as a Qualified Performance-Based Award. The conditions for grant, vesting or transferability and the other provisions of Restricted Stock Units (including without limitation any Performance Goals applicable to Performance Units) need not be the same with respect to each Participant. An Award of Restricted Stock Units shall be settled as and when the Restricted Stock Units vest or at a later time specified by the Committee or in accordance with an election of the Participant, if the Committee so permits.

 

(b)     Subject to the terms of the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement, any Restricted Stock Units shall be subject to a vesting period of at least three years following the date of grant, provided that vesting during a period of at least one year following the date of grant is permissible if vesting is conditioned upon the achievement of Performance Goals, and provided , further, that Restricted Stock Units may vest in part on a pro rata basis (as specified in the applicable Award Agreement) prior to the expiration of any vesting period, and provided , further, that up to five percent of Shares available for grant as Restricted Stock Units (together with all other Shares available for grant as Full-Value Awards) may be granted without regard to the foregoing requirements, and the Committee may accelerate the vesting and lapse any restrictions with respect to Restricted Stock Units granted in respect of such five percent of Shares.

 

(c)     Subject to the provisions of the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement, during the period, if any, set by the Committee, during the Restriction Period the Participant shall not be permitted to sell, assign, transfer, pledge, or otherwise encumber Restricted Stock Units.

 

(d)     The Award Agreement for Restricted Stock Units may specify whether, to what extent, and on what terms and conditions the applicable Participant shall be entitled to receive current or deferred payments of cash, Shares, or other property corresponding to the dividends payable on the Company’s Stock (subject to Section 15.5 below), provided, however, that in no event shall a dividend or other distribution or dividend equivalent be paid or granted on a Performance Unit where all applicable Performance Goals have not been attained.

 



SECTION 8.          Other Stock-Based Awards. Other Stock-Based Awards may be granted under the Plan, provided that any Other Stock-Based Awards that are Awards of Common Stock that are unrestricted shall only be granted in lieu of other compensation due and payable to the Participant. Subject to the terms of the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement, any Other Stock-Based Award that is a Full-Value Award (and is not an Award of unrestricted stock) shall be subject to a vesting period of at least three years following the Grant Date; provided that a vesting period of at least one year is permissible if vesting is conditioned upon the achievement of Performance Goals, and provided , further, that any Other Stock-Based Award may vest in part on a pro rata basis prior to the expiration of any vesting period, and provided , further, that up to five percent of Shares available for grant as Other Stock Based-Awards that are Full-Value Awards (together with all other Shares available for grant as Full-Value Awards) may be granted with a Restriction Period of at least one year following the Grant Date without regard to the foregoing requirements. In no event shall a dividend or other distribution or dividend equivalent be paid or granted on an Other-Stock Based Award that is conditioned upon the achievement of Performance Goals all applicable Performance Goals have not been attained.

 

SECTION 9.          Performance Cash Awards. Performance Cash Awards may be issued under the Plan, for no cash consideration or for such minimum consideration as may be required by applicable law, either alone or in addition to other Awards. A “Performance Cash Award” is an Award entitling the recipient to payment of a cash amount subject to the attainment of Performance Goals. The Committee may, in connection with the grant of a Performance Cash Award, designate the Award as a Qualified Performance-Based Award. The conditions for grant or vesting and the other provisions of a Performance Cash Award (including without limitation any applicable Performance Goals) need not be the same with respect to each Participant. Performance Cash Awards may be paid in cash, Shares, other property or any combination thereof, in the sole discretion of the Committee as set forth in the applicable Award Agreement. The performance levels to be achieved for each Performance Period and the amount of the Award to be distributed shall be conclusively determined by the Committee.

 

SECTION 10.

Change of Control Provisions.

 

10.1.       Impact of Event. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan to the contrary, the provisions of this Section 10 shall apply in the event of a Change of Control, unless otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement.

 

(a)     Upon a Change of Control, (i) all then-outstanding Options and SARs shall become fully vested and exercisable, and any Full-Value Award (other than a Performance Award) shall vest in full, be free of restrictions, and be deemed to be earned and immediately payable in an amount equal to the full value of such Award, except in each case to the extent that another Award meeting the requirements of Section 10.1(b) (any award meeting the requirements of Section 10.1(b), a “ Replacement Award ”) is provided to the Participant pursuant to Section 3.4 to replace such Award (any award intended to be replaced by a Replacement Award, a “ Replaced Award ”), and (ii) any Performance Award that is not replaced by a Replacement Award shall be deemed to be earned and immediately payable in an amount equal to the full value of such Performance Award (with all applicable Performance Goals deemed achieved at the greater of (x) the applicable target level and (y) the level of achievement of the Performance Goals for the Award as determined by the Committee not later than the date of the Change of Control, taking into account performance through the latest date preceding the Change of Control as to which performance can, as a practical matter, be determined (but not later than the end of the Performance Period)) multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days during the applicable Performance Period before the date of the Change of Control, and the denominator of which is the number of days in the applicable Performance Period; provided , however, that such fraction shall be equal to one in the event that the applicable Performance Goals in respect of such Performance Award have been fully achieved as of the date of such Change of Control.

 

(b)     An Award shall meet the conditions of this Section 10.1(b) (and hence qualify as a Replacement Award) if: (i) it is of the same type as the Replaced Award; (ii) it has a value at least equal to the value of the Replaced Award as of the date of the Change of Control; (iii) if the underlying Replaced Award was an equity-based award, it relates to publicly traded equity securities of the Company or the Surviving Corporation following the Change of Control; and (iv) its other terms and conditions are not less favorable to the Participant than the terms and conditions of the Replaced Award (including the provisions that would apply in the event of a subsequent Change of Control) as of the date of the Change of Control. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a Replacement Award may take the form of a continuation of the applicable Replaced Award if the requirements of the preceding sentence are satisfied. The determination whether the conditions of this Section 10.1(b) are satisfied shall be made by the Committee, as constituted immediately before the Change of Control, in its sole discretion.

 



(c)     Upon a Termination of Employment of a Participant occurring in connection with or during the two years following the date of a Change of Control, by the Company other than for Cause or by the Participant for Good Reason, (i) all Replacement Awards held by such Participant shall vest in full, be free of restrictions, and be deemed to be earned and immediately payable in an amount equal to the full value of such Replacement Award, and (ii) all Options and SARs held by the Participant immediately before the Termination of Employment that the Participant held as of the date of the Change of Control or that constitute Replacement Awards shall remain exercisable until the earlier of (1) the third anniversary of the Change of Control and (2) the expiration of the stated Term of such Option or SAR; provided , that if the applicable Award Agreement provides for a longer period of exercisability, that provision shall control.

 

10.2.       Definition of Change of Control. For purposes of the Plan, a “ Change of Control ” shall mean any of the following events:

 

(a)     Any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Act) (a “ Person ”) becomes the Beneficial Owner (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Act) or 30% or more of either (i) the then-outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company (the “ Outstanding Company Common Stock ”) or (ii) the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “ Outstanding Company Voting Securities ”); provided that, for purposes of this subsection (a), the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change of Control: (1) an acquisition directly from the Company; (2) an acquisition by the Company or a Subsidiary; (3) an acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any Subsidiary; (4) any acquisition by an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities or (5) an acquisition pursuant to a transaction that complies with Sections 10.2(c)(i), 10.2(c)(ii), and 10.2(c)(iii) below;

 

(b)     Individuals who, on the Effective Date, constitute the Board (the “ Incumbent Directors ”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to the Effective Date whose election, or nomination for election by the Company’s shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the Incumbent Directors then on the Board (either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of the Company in which such person is named as a nominee for director, without written objection to such nomination) shall be considered an Incumbent Director; but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of either an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of any Person other than the Board; or

 

(c)     The consummation of a reorganization, merger, statutory share exchange or consolidation (or similar corporate transaction) involving the Company or a Subsidiary, the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, or the acquisition of assets or stock of another entity (a “ Business Combination ”), unless immediately following such Business Combination: (i) substantially all of the individuals and entities who were Beneficial Owners, respectively, of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and the Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately prior to such Business Combination beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of, respectively, the then-outstanding shares of common stock and the total voting power of (A) the corporation resulting from such Business Combination (the “ Surviving Corporation ”) or (B) if applicable, the ultimate parent corporation that directly or indirectly has beneficial ownership of 80% or more of the voting securities eligible to elect directors of the Surviving Corporation (the “ Parent Corporation ”), in substantially the same proportion as their ownership, immediately prior to the Business Combination, of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and the Outstanding Company Voting Securities, as the case may be, (ii) no Person (other than any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Surviving Corporation or the Parent Corporation), is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of 30% or more of the outstanding shares of common stock and the total voting power of the outstanding securities eligible to elect directors of the Parent Corporation (or, if there is no Parent Corporation, the Surviving Corporation) and (iii) at least a majority of the members of the Board of the Parent Corporation (or, if there is no Parent Corporation, the Surviving Corporation) following the consummation of the Business Combination were Incumbent Directors at the time of the Board’s approval of the initial agreement providing for such Business Combination; or

 



 

(d)

Approval by the shareholders of the Company of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

 

10.3.       Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Award is subject to Section 409A of the Code, this Section 10 shall be applicable only to the extent specifically provided in the Award Agreement and as permitted pursuant to Section 11.6.

 

SECTION 11.

Qualified Performance-Based Awards; Performance Cash Awards.

 

11.1.       Qualified Performance-Based Awards. The provisions of this Plan are intended to ensure that all Options and Stock Appreciation Rights granted hereunder to any Participant who is or may be a “covered employee” (within the meaning of Section 162(m)(3) of the Code) in the tax year in which such Option or Stock Appreciation Right is expected to be deductible to the Company qualify for the Section 162(m) Exemption, and all such Awards shall therefore be considered Qualified Performance-Based Awards and this Plan shall be interpreted and operated consistent with that intention. When granting any Award other than an Option or Stock Appreciation Right, the Committee may designate such Award as a Qualified Performance-Based Award, based upon a determination that (a) the recipient is or may be a “covered employee” (within the meaning of Section 162(m)(3) of the Code) with respect to such Award, and (b) the Committee wishes such Award to qualify for the Section 162(m) Exemption, and the terms of any such Award (and of the grant thereof) shall be consistent with such designation. Within 90 days after the commencement of a Performance Period or, if earlier, prior to the expiration of 25% of a Performance Period, the Committee will designate one or more Performance Periods, determine the Participants for the Performance Periods, and establish the Performance Goals for the Performance Periods on terms consistent with Section 1.2(ff)(iii).

 

11.2.       Performance Goals and Other Conditions. Each Qualified Performance-Based Award (other than an Option or Stock Appreciation Right) shall be earned, vested, and/or payable (as applicable) upon the achievement of one or more Performance Goals, together with the satisfaction of any other conditions, such as continued employment, as the Committee may determine to be appropriate. Moreover, no Qualified Performance-Based Award may be amended, nor may the Committee exercise any discretionary authority it may otherwise have under this Plan with respect to a Qualified Performance-Based Award under this Plan, in any manner that would cause the Qualified Performance-Based Award to cease to qualify for the Section 162(m) Exemption; provided , that (i) the Committee may provide, either in connection with the grant of the applicable Award or by amendment thereafter, that achievement of such Performance Goals will be waived upon the death or disability of the Participant (or under any other circumstance with respect to which the existence of such possible waiver will not cause the Award to fail to qualify for the Section 162(m) Exemption), and (ii) the provisions of Section 10 shall apply notwithstanding this Section 11.2.

 

11.3.       Limits on Board and Administrator Authority. Neither the full Board nor the Administrator shall be permitted to exercise authority granted to the Committee to the extent that the grant or exercise of such authority to or by the Board or the Administrator would cause an Award designated as a Qualified Performance-Based Award not to qualify for, or to cease to qualify for, the Section 162(m) Exemption.

 

11.4.       Section 16(b). The provisions of this Plan are intended to ensure that no transaction under the Plan is subject to (and not exempt from) the short-swing recovery rules of Section 16(b) of the Act (“ Section 16(b) ”). Accordingly, the composition of the Committee shall be subject to such limitations as the Board deems appropriate to permit transactions pursuant to this Plan to be exempt (pursuant to Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Act) from Section 16(b), and no delegation of authority by the Committee shall be permitted if such delegation would cause any such transaction to be subject to (and not exempt from) Section 16(b).

 

11.5.       Awards Valid Notwithstanding Committee Composition. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, if for any reason the appointed Committee does not meet the requirements of Rule 16b-3 or Section 162(m) of the Code, such noncompliance with the requirements of Rule 16b-3 and Section 162(m) of the Code shall not affect the validity of Awards, grants, interpretations of the Plan, or other actions of the Committee.

 



11.6.       Section 409A of the Code. It is the intention of the Company that no Award shall be “deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A of the Code, unless and to the extent that the Committee specifically determines otherwise as provided in the immediately following sentence, and the Plan and the terms and conditions of all Awards shall be interpreted accordingly. The terms and conditions governing any Awards that the Committee determines will be subject to Section 409A of the Code, including any rules for elective or mandatory deferral of the delivery of cash or Shares pursuant thereto and any rules regarding treatment of such Awards in the event of a Change of Control, shall be set forth in the applicable Award Agreement, and shall comply in all respects with Section 409A of the Code.

 

SECTION 12.

Term, Amendment, and Termination.

 

12.1.       Effectiveness. The Plan was approved by the Board on June 26, 2008 (the “ Effective Date ”), subject to and contingent upon approval by the shareholders of the Company.

 

12.2.       Termination. The Plan will terminate on the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date. Awards outstanding as of such termination date shall not be affected or impaired by the termination of the Plan.

 

12.3.       Amendment of Plan. The Board or the Committee may amend, alter, or discontinue the Plan, but no amendment, alteration, or discontinuation shall be made which would materially impair the rights of any Participant with respect to a previously granted Award without such Participant’s consent, except such an amendment made to comply with applicable law, including, without limitation, Section 409A of the Code or stock exchange rules. In addition, no such amendment shall be made without the approval of the Company’s shareholders (a) to the extent that such approval is required (i) by applicable law or by the listing standards of the Applicable Exchange as in effect as of the Effective Date or (ii) by applicable law or under the listing standards of the Applicable Exchange as may be required after the Effective Date, (b) to the extent that such amendment would materially increase the benefits accruing to Participants under the Plan, (c) to the extent that such amendment would materially increase the number of securities which may be issued under the Plan, (d) to the extent that such amendment would materially modify the requirements for participation in the Plan, or (e) to the extent that such amendment would accelerate the vesting of any Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units under the Plan except as otherwise provided in the Plan.

 

12.4.       Amendment of Awards. Subject to Section 5.12, the Committee may unilaterally amend the terms of any Award theretofore granted; provided, that no such amendment shall cause a Qualified Performance-Based Award to cease to qualify for the Section 162(m) Exemption, nor shall any such amendment, without the Participant’s consent, materially impair the rights of any Participant with respect to an Award, except such an amendment made to cause the Plan or Award to comply with applicable law, stock exchange rules, or accounting rules.

 

SECTION 13.

Forfeiture.

 

13.1.       Forfeiture . All Awards under this Plan shall be subject to forfeiture or other penalties pursuant (a) to the Medtronic, Inc. Incentive Compensation Forfeiture Policy, as amended from time to time, and (b) such other forfeiture and/or penalty conditions and provisions as determined by the Committee and set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.

 

13.2.       Effect of Change of Control . Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, unless otherwise provided by the Committee in the applicable Award Agreement, this Section 13 shall not be applicable to any Participant following a Change of Control.

 

SECTION 14.        Unfunded Status of Plan. Unfunded Status; Committee Authority. It is presently intended that the Plan will constitute an “unfunded” plan for incentive and deferred compensation. The Committee may authorize the creation of trusts or other arrangements to meet the obligations created under the Plan to deliver Shares or make payments; provided , that unless the Committee otherwise determines, the existence of such trusts or other arrangements is consistent with the “unfunded” status of the Plan .

 



SECTION 15.

General Provisions.

 

15.1.       Conditions for Issuance. The Committee may require each Participant purchasing or receiving Shares pursuant to an Award to represent to and agree with the Company in writing that such person is acquiring the Shares without a view to the distribution thereof. The certificates for such Shares may include any legend which the Committee deems appropriate to reflect any restrictions on transfer. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or agreements made pursuant thereto, the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificate or certificates for Shares under the Plan prior to fulfillment of all of the following conditions: (a) listing or approval for listing upon notice of issuance of such Shares on the Applicable Exchange, (b) any registration or other qualification of such Shares of the Company under any state or federal law or regulation, or the maintaining in effect of any such registration or other qualification which the Committee shall, in its absolute discretion upon the advice of counsel, deem necessary or advisable, and (c) obtaining any other consent, approval, or permit from any state or federal governmental agency which the Committee shall, in its absolute discretion after receiving the advice of counsel, determine to be necessary or advisable.

 

15.2.       Additional Compensation Arrangements. Nothing contained in the Plan shall prevent the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate from adopting other or additional compensation arrangements for its employees.

 

15.3.       No Contract of Employment. The Plan shall not constitute a contract of employment, and adoption of the Plan shall not confer upon any employee any right to continued employment, nor shall it interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate to terminate the employment of any employee at any time.

 

15.4.       Required Taxes. No later than the date as of which an amount first becomes includible in the gross income of a Participant for federal, state, local, or foreign income or employment or other tax purposes with respect to any Award under the Plan, such Participant shall pay to the Company, or make arrangements satisfactory to the Company regarding the payment of, any federal, state, local, or foreign taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld with respect to such amount. Unless otherwise determined by the Company, withholding obligations may be settled with Shares, including Shares that are part of the Award that gives rise to the withholding requirement, having a Fair Market Value on the date of withholding equal to the minimum amount (and not any greater amount) required to be withheld for tax purposes, all in accordance with such procedures as the Committee establishes. The obligations of the Company under the Plan shall be conditioned on such payment or arrangements, and the Company and its Affiliates shall, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to deduct any such taxes from any payment otherwise due to such Participant. The Committee may establish such procedures as it deems appropriate, including making irrevocable elections, for the settlement of withholding obligations with Common Stock.

 

15.5.       Limit on Dividend Reinvestment and Dividend Equivalents. Reinvestment of dividends in additional Restricted Stock Units to be settled in Shares, and the payment of Shares with respect to dividends to Participants holding Awards of Restricted Stock Units, shall only be permissible if sufficient Shares are available under Section 3 for such reinvestment or payment (taking into account then outstanding Awards). In the event that sufficient Shares are not available for such reinvestment or payment, such reinvestment or payment shall be made in the form of a grant of Restricted Stock Units equal in number to the Restricted Stock Units or Shares that would have been obtained by such payment or reinvestment, the terms of which Restricted Stock Units shall provide for settlement in cash and for dividend equivalent reinvestment in further Restricted Stock Units on the terms contemplated by this Section 15.5.

 

15.6.       Written Materials; Electronic Documents. Electronic documents may be substituted for any written materials required by the terms of the Plan, including, without limitation, Award Agreements.

 



15.7.       Designation of Death Beneficiary. The Committee shall establish such procedures as it deems appropriate for a Participant to designate a beneficiary to whom any amounts payable in the event of such Participant’s death are to be paid or by whom any rights of such Participant after such Participant’s death may be exercised. If no beneficiary designation is in effect for a Participant at the time or his or her death, any such amounts shall be paid to, and any such rights may be exercised by, the estate of the Participant.

 

15.8.       Subsidiary Employees. In the case of a grant of an Award to any employee of a Subsidiary of the Company, the Company may, if the Committee so directs, issue or transfer the Shares, if any, covered by the Award to the Subsidiary, for such lawful consideration as the Committee may specify, upon the condition or understanding that the Subsidiary will transfer the Shares to the employee in accordance with the terms of the Award specified by the Committee pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. All Shares underlying Awards that are forfeited or canceled shall revert to the Company.

 

15.9.       Governing Law. The Plan and all Awards made and actions taken thereunder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Minnesota, without reference to principles of conflict of laws.

 

15.10.     Non-Transferability. Except as otherwise provided in Section 5.10 or by the Committee, Awards under the Plan are not transferable except by will or by laws of descent and distribution.

 

15.11.     Foreign Employees and Foreign Law Considerations. The Committee may grant Awards to Eligible Individuals who are foreign nationals, who are located outside the United States, who are United States citizens or resident aliens on global assignments in foreign nations, who are not compensated from a payroll maintained in the United States, or who are otherwise subject to (or could cause the Company to be subject to) legal or regulatory provisions of countries or jurisdictions outside the United States, on such terms and conditions different from those specified in the Plan as may, in the judgment of the Committee, be necessary or desirable to foster and promote achievement of the purposes of the Plan, and, in furtherance of such purposes, the Committee may make such modifications, amendments, procedures, or subplans as may be necessary or advisable to comply with such legal or regulatory provisions.

 

15.12.     No Rights to Awards; Non-Uniform Determinations. No Participant or Eligible Individual shall have any claim to be granted any Award under the Plan. The Company, its Affiliates, or the Committee shall not be obligated to treat Participants or Eligible Individuals uniformly, and determinations made under the Plan may be made by the Committee selectively among Participants and/or Eligible Individuals, whether or not such Participants and Eligible Individuals are similarly situated.

 

15.13.     Relationship to Other Benefits. No payment under the Plan shall be taken into account in determining any benefits under any pension, retirement, savings, profit sharing, group insurance, welfare, or benefit plan of the Company or any Affiliate unless provided otherwise in such plan.

 

15.14.     Expenses. The expenses of administering the Plan shall be borne by the Company and its Subsidiaries or Affiliates.

 

15.15.     Titles and Headings. The titles and headings of the Sections in the Plan are for convenience of reference only, and in the event of any conflict, the text of the Plan, rather than such titles or headings, shall control.

 

15.16.     Fractional Shares. No fractional Shares shall be issued, and the Committee shall determine, in its sole discretion, whether cash shall be given in lieu of fractional Shares or, subject to Section 3, whether such fractional Shares shall be eliminated by rounding up or down.

 

 

15.17.

Government and Other Regulations. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan:

 



(a)     No Participant who acquires Shares pursuant to the Plan may, during any period of time that such Participant is an affiliate of the Company (within the meaning of regulations promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933 (the “ 1933 Act ”)), offer or sell such Shares, unless such offer and sale are made (i) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the 1933 Act, which is current and includes the Shares to be sold, or (ii) pursuant to an appropriate exemption from the registration requirements of the 1933 Act, such as that set forth in Rule 144 promulgated under the 1933 Act.

 

(b)     If at any time the Committee shall determine that the registration, listing, or qualification of the Shares covered by an Award upon the Applicable Exchange or under any foreign, federal, state, or local law or practice, or the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory body, is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, the granting of such Award or the purchase or receipt of Shares thereunder, no Shares may be purchased, delivered, or received pursuant to such Award unless and until such registration, listing, qualification, consent, or approval shall have been effected or obtained free of any condition not acceptable to the Committee. Any Participant receiving or purchasing Shares pursuant to an Award shall make such representations and agreements and furnish such information as the Committee may request to assure compliance with the foregoing or any other applicable legal requirements. The Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificate or certificates for Shares under the Plan prior to the Committee’s determination that all related requirements have been fulfilled. The Company shall in no event be obligated to register any Shares or any other securities pursuant to the 1933 Act or applicable state or foreign law or to take any other action in order to cause the issuance and delivery of such certificates to comply with any such law, regulation, or requirement.

 

15.18.     Additional Provisions. Each Award Agreement may contain such other terms and conditions as the Committee may determine; provided that such other terms and conditions are not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan.

 

15.19.     No Limitations on Rights of the Company. The grant of any Award shall not in any way affect the right or power of the Company to make adjustments, reclassifications, or changes in its capital or business structure or to merge, consolidate, dissolve, liquidate, sell, or transfer all or any part of its business or assets. The Plan shall not restrict the authority of the Company, for proper corporate purposes, to draft, grant, or assume Awards, other than under the Plan, with respect to any person.

 

15.20.     Severability. In the event any provision of the Plan shall be held illegal or invalid for any reason, such illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts of the Plan, and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provision had not been included.

 

15.21.     Blackout Periods. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan or any Award to the contrary, the Company shall have the authority to establish any “blackout” period that the Company deems necessary or advisable with respect to any or all Awards.

 

 






 

 

Exhibit 10.3

 

 

MEDTRONIC, INC

2005 EMPLOYEES STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

(As amended and restated effective August 27, 2009)

 

1.          Purpose Of Plan. Medtronic, Inc. (hereinafter referred to as the “Company”) proposes to grant to Employees of the Company and of certain of its Subsidiaries the opportunity to purchase common stock of the Company. Such common stock shall be purchased pursuant to this Plan, which is the MEDTRONIC, INC. 2005 EMPLOYEES STOCK PURCHASE PLAN (hereinafter referred to as the “Plan”). The Company intends that the Plan qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and shall be construed in a manner consistent with the requirements of Section 423, or any successor provision, and the regulations thereunder. The Plan is intended to encourage stock ownership by all Employees of the Company, and to be an incentive to them to remain in its employ, improve operations, increase profits and contribute more significantly to the Company’s success.

 

 

2.

Definitions.

 

(a)        “Board of Directors” shall mean the Company’s Board of Directors.

 

(b)        “Committee” shall mean three or more directors designated by the Board of Directors to administer the Plan under Paragraph 3 hereof, who are considered to be non-employee directors within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act.

 

(c)        “Corporate Transaction” shall mean (i) a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, (ii) a sale of substantially all of the assets of the Company, (iii) a merger, consolidation or reorganization of the Company with or into any other corporation, regardless of whether the Company is the surviving corporation, or (iv) a statutory share exchange or consolidation (or similar corporate transaction) involving capital stock of the Company.

 

(d)        “Disability” shall mean Disability such that the Participant would be considered disabled under any retirement plan of the Company which is qualified under Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code (which currently provides that a Participant shall be considered to have a “Disability” as of the date benefit payments commence under the long term disability plan maintained by the Company or a Subsidiary).

 

(e)        “Employee” shall mean any individual who, as of the eligibility date established under Paragraph 5 hereof, is classified as a regular employee, of the Company or a Participating Employer; provided, however, that classification of regular employee shall not exclude any employee that would not be permitted to be excluded from the Plan under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

(f)        “Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

(g)        ““Internal Revenue Code” shall mean the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

(h)        “Participant” shall mean an Employee who has elected to participate in the Plan.

 

(i)         “Participating Employer” shall mean Medtronic, Inc. and all of its Subsidiaries (or any of their successors and assigns, by merger, purchase or otherwise, that thereby become Subsidiaries), except for those Subsidiaries that Medtronic, Inc. elects from time to time, by resolution duly adopted by its Board of Directors, the Committee or the Committee’s delegate pursuant to Paragraph 3 hereof, to be ineligible to participate in this Plan.

 

(j)         “Purchase Period” shall mean a period during which Participants are eligible to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock according to the terms of the Plan. The first Purchase Period shall be a five (5) calendar month period commencing November 1, 2005, and terminating March 31, 2006. Subsequent Purchase Periods shall be calendar quarters, with the first such quarterly Purchase Period commencing April 1, 2006 and ending June 30, 2006, and succeeding quarterly Purchase Periods following consecutively thereafter.

 

1

 



(k)        “Rate of Exchange” shall mean the Rate of Exchange used by the Company to record transactions on its financial records each month in which the payroll deductions or refunds are processed.

 

(l)         “Retirement” shall mean Retirement of an Employee as defined under any retirement plan of the Company which is qualified under Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code (which currently provides for retirement on or after age 55, provided the Employee has been credited with at least 10 years of vesting service under the applicable plan, or retirement on or after age 62) or any successor retirement plan of the Company or under any retirement plan of a Participating Employer applicable to the Participant due to employment by a non-U.S. Participating Employer or employment in a non-U.S. location, or as otherwise determined by the Committee.

 

(m)       “Salary” shall mean the amount paid during the applicable Purchase Period by the Participating Employer to or for the Participant as cash compensation, including, without limitation, sales commissions, formula bonus and short-term incentive plan payments, overtime, Salary continuation payments and sick pay.

 

(n)        “Subsidiary” shall mean any corporation defined as a subsidiary of the Company in Section 424(f) of the Internal Revenue Code or any successor provision.

 

(o)        “Termination of Employment” shall mean an Employee’s complete termination of employment with Medtronic, Inc. and all of its Subsidiaries. In the event that any Subsidiary of Medtronic, Inc. ceases to be a Subsidiary of Medtronic, Inc., the Employees of such Subsidiary shall be considered to have terminated their employment as of the date such Subsidiary ceases to be a Subsidiary, whether or not they continue in employment with such former Subsidiary.

 

3.          Administration. The Committee shall administer the Plan. Subject to the express provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall have full authority, in its discretion, to interpret and construe any and all provisions of the Plan, to adopt rules and regulations for administering the Plan, and to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for administering the Plan. The Committee’s determination on the foregoing matters shall be conclusive. No member of the Board of Directors or the Committee shall be liable for any action or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any option granted or stock issued under the Plan.

 

The Board of Directors shall fill all vacancies on the Committee and may remove any member of the Committee at any time, with or without cause. All determinations of the Committee shall be made by a majority vote of its members. Any decision which is made in writing and signed by a majority of the members of the Committee shall be effective as fully as though made by a majority vote at a meeting duly called and held.

 

4.          Duration And Purchase Periods Of The Plan. The Plan will commence as of November 1, 2005, and will terminate ten (10) years thereafter, unless extended by the Board of Directors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Plan shall be considered of no force or effect and any options granted hereunder shall be considered null and void unless the holders of a majority of all of the issued and outstanding shares of the common stock of the Company approve the Plan within the twelve (12) consecutive month period immediately preceding or following the date of adoption of the Plan by the Board of Directors.

 

The Plan shall be carried out in a series of consecutive Purchase Periods. The first Purchase Period shall commence November 1, 2005, and shall terminate March 31, 2006. Thereafter, Purchase Period shall be calendar quarters, with the first such quarterly Purchase Period commencing April 1, 2006, and ending June 30, 2006. Each Purchase Period shall commence immediately after termination of the previous Purchase Period. In the event that all of the stock reserved for grant of options hereunder is issued pursuant to the terms hereof prior to the commencement of one or more of the scheduled Purchase Periods, or the number of shares remaining for optioning is so small, in the opinion of the Committee, as to render administration of any succeeding Purchaser Period impracticable, such Purchase Period or Purchase Periods may be canceled. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, the Board of Directors, the Committee or the Committee’s delegate pursuant to Paragraph 3 hereof may, in its, her or his discretion, designate a different commencement date for a Purchase Period.

 

2

 



5.          Eligibility. Each Employee who is employed by a Participating Employer immediately preceding the commencement date of a Purchase Period shall be eligible to participate in the Plan for such Purchase Period, provided that he or she has satisfied the enrollment requirements described in Paragraph 6.

 

6.          Participation. Participation in the Plan is voluntary. An eligible Employee may elect to participate in the Plan for any Purchase Period by completing the Plan payroll deduction form provided by his or her Participating Employer and delivering it to the Participating Employer or its designated representative not later than the date preceding the commencement date of the Purchase Period specified by the Senior Vice President, Human Resources of the Company.

 

An Employee who elects to participate in the Plan for any Purchase Period shall be deemed to have elected to participate in the Plan for each subsequent consecutive Purchase Period unless such Participant elects to discontinue payroll deductions during a Purchase Period or exercises his or her right to withdraw all amounts previously withheld as provided in Paragraph 9(b). In this event, the Participant must submit a change of election form or a new payroll deduction form, as the case may be, to participate in the Plan for any subsequent Purchase Period. The Participant may also increase his or her participation for any subsequent Purchase Period by submitting a new payroll deduction form during the enrollment period prior to that Purchase Period.

 

7.          Payroll Deductions.

 

(a)        Each Employee electing to participate shall indicate such election on the Plan payroll deduction form by designating that percentage of his or her Salary that he or she wishes to have deducted. Such percentage shall be stated in whole percentage points and shall be not less than two percent (2%) nor more than ten percent (10%) of the Participant’s Salary, or such other minimum and maximum percentages as the Committee or Senior Vice President, Human Resources, may establish from time to time, but not to exceed fifteen percent (15%).

 

Payroll deductions for a Participant shall commence on the first payday coinciding with or immediately following the commencement date of the Purchase Period and shall terminate on the last payday immediately prior to or coinciding with the termination date of that Purchase Period, unless sooner terminated by the Participant as provided in Paragraph 7(b) or 9(a) hereof. The authorized deductions shall be made over the pay periods of such Purchase Period by deducting from the Participant’s Salary for each such pay period that percentage as specified by the Participant as of the commencement date of the Purchase Period. Except for a Participant’s rights to reduce or discontinue deductions pursuant to Paragraphs 7(b) and 9 hereof, the same percentage deduction shall be applied against the Participant’s Salary for each pay period during such Purchase Period, whether or not the Participant’s Salary level increases or decreases after the commencement date of such Purchase Period.

 

The extent to which a Participant may actually exercise his or her option shall be based upon the amount actually withheld for such Participant as of the termination date of the phase.

 

(b)        A Participant shall not be entitled to increase the percentage amount to be deducted in a given Purchase Period after the delivery deadline specified in Paragraph 6 for filing his or her payroll deduction form. The Participant may elect at any time prior to or during a Purchase Period to decrease the percentage amount to be so deducted or discontinue any further deductions in a given Purchase Period by filing an amended election form at least ten (10) days prior to the first payroll date as of which such decrease or discontinued deduction is to become effective. In the event of such a decrease or discontinuance of deductions, the extent to which such Participant may exercise his or her option as of the termination date of the Purchase Period shall depend upon the amount actually withheld through payroll deductions for such Participant. A Participant may also completely discontinue participation in the Plan as provided in Paragraph 9 hereof.

 

(c)        Payroll deductions which are authorized by Participants who are paid compensation in foreign currency shall be maintained in payroll deduction accounts (as provided in Paragraph 11) in the country in which such Participant is employed until exercise of the option. Upon exercise of the option granted to such Participant, the amount so withheld shall be used to purchase up to the maximum number of shares of stock which is subject to that Participant’s option pursuant to Paragraph 8(a)(i) below, determined on the basis of the Rate of Exchange for currency as of the exercise date. Upon exercise of the option, the option price shall be paid to the Company in dollars after having been converted at the Rate of Exchange as of the exercise date, and the extent to which the Participant may exercise his or her option is dependent, in part, upon the Rate of Exchange as of such date.

 

3

 



8.        Options.

 

 

(a)

Grant Of Option.

 

(i)          Number Of Shares. A Participant who is employed by the Participating Employer as of the commencement date of a Purchase Period shall be granted an option at termination date of that Purchase Period to purchase that number of whole shares of common stock of the Company by dividing the total amount actually credited to that Participant’s account under Paragraph 7 hereof by the option price set forth in Paragraph 8(a)(ii), provided such option shall be subject to the limitations in Paragraph 8(a)(iv).

 

(ii)          Option Price. The option price per share for such common stock shall be eighty-five percent (85%) of the fair market value per share of such common stock on the termination date of the Purchase Period.

 

(iii)        Fair Market Value. The fair market value of the Company’s common stock on such date (or the last preceding business day if such date is a Saturday, Sunday or holiday) shall be computed as follows:

 

A.         If the Company’s common stock shall be listed on any national securities exchange, then such price shall be computed on the basis of the closing sale price of the common stock on such exchange on such date, or, if no sale of the common stock has occurred on such exchange on that date, on the next preceding date on which there was a sale of the common stock;

 

B.         If the common stock shall not be so listed, then such price shall be the mean between the highest bid and asked prices quoted by a recognized market maker in the common stock on such date; or

 

C.         If the common stock shall not be so listed and such bid and asked prices shall not be so quoted, then such price shall be determined by an investment banking firm acceptable to the Company.

 

(iv)        Limitations On Purchase. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding:

 

A.         A Participant shall not have the right to purchase common stock under all employee stock purchase plans of the Company, its Subsidiaries or its parent, if any, at a rate which exceeds Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000) of fair market value of such stock as determined at the time such option is granted (which is equal to $21,250 of stock at 85% of fair market value on the termination date of the Purchase Period) for each calendar year in which such option is outstanding at any time.

 

B.         No Employee shall be granted an option if, immediately after the grant, such Employee would own stock possessing five percent (5%) or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of stock of the Company, its parent, if any, or of any Subsidiary of the Company. For purposes of determining stock ownership under this subparagraph (B), the rules of Section 424(d) of the Internal Revenue Code, or any successor provision, shall apply, and stock that the Employee may purchase under outstanding options shall be treated as stock owned by the Employee.

 

C.         The Committee may, in its discretion, limit the number of shares available for option grants during any Purchase Period, as it deems appropriate.

 

(b)         Exercise Of Option. Except as otherwise specified in Paragraph 9, the Participant’s option for the purchase of such number of shares of common stock as determined pursuant to Paragraph 8(a) will be exercised automatically for him or her as of the termination date of that Purchase Period. In no event shall a Participant be allowed to exercise his or her option for more shares than can be purchased with the payroll deductions actually credited to his or her account during such Purchase Period, whether or not the deductions actually credited are less than the full amount to be credited as determined on the commencement date of the Purchase Period pursuant to Paragraph 7(a) hereof, it being intended that the sufficiency of amounts actually credited to a Participant’s account be a condition to the exercise of the option by such Participant.

 

4

 



(i)         Fractional shares of common stock will not be issued under the Plan. For Participants who use their funds to purchase the maximum amount of stock permissible at the end of a Purchase Period, any cash amount that remains in the Participant’s account because it is insufficient to purchase a whole share of common stock shall be held in the account until the exercise date of the next subsequent Purchase Period, at which time it will be included in the funds used to purchase common stock for that Purchase Period, except as set forth in Paragraph 9 or the Committee, in its discretion, elects to pay out such cash amount to Participants.

 

(ii)        Upon issuance of the common stock to the Participant at the end of a Purchase Period, the dividends payable on such stock will be automatically reinvested in the Company’s common stock under the Medtronic, Inc. Dividend Reinvestment Plan (the “DRP”) unless the Committee, in its discretion, determines otherwise. The Participant has the right, upon written notice to the Company’s designated agent, to elect instead to receive the dividends directly by check.

 

(c)         Issuance And Delivery Of Stock. As promptly as practicable after the termination date of any Purchase Period, the Company will issue the stock purchased under the Plan. The Company may determine, in its discretion, the manner of delivery of common stock purchased under the Plan, which may be by electronic account entry into new or existing accounts, delivery of stock certificates or such other means as the Company, in its discretion, deems appropriate. The Company may, in its discretion, hold such stock on behalf of the Participants during the restricted period set forth in Paragraph 8(d) below.

 

(d)         Restrictions On Resale Or Transfer Of Stock . Except in the case of a Participant who exercises his or her option pursuant to Paragraph 9(d) hereof, shares of common stock acquired by a Participant hereunder may not be sold or transferred until after the earlier of: (1) the one-year anniversary of the date on which the shares were issued; or (2) the death of the Participant. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the Committee may require that the Participant not transfer such shares for any additional period determined by the Committee to be necessary to ensure that the Company or any Participating Employer is able to meet its reporting requirements pursuant to Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

Any attempt by the Participant to sell or transfer such shares in violation of this Paragraph 8(d) shall be considered null and void and of no force or effect. During such restricted transfer period, each certificate and account evidencing such shares of common stock shall bear an appropriate legend or stop transfer order, respectively, referring to the terms, restrictions and conditions applicable to the transfer of such shares.

 

9.          Election Not to Purchase, Withdrawal Or Termination Of Participation.

 

(a)         Election Not to Purchase. A Participant may, by written notice to his or her Participating Employer prior to the termination date of a Purchase Period, elect, effective as of the termination date of that Purchase Period, not to purchase any common stock or to purchase a specified number of shares of common stock less than the maximum number of shares he or she is authorized to purchase pursuant to Paragraph 8(a)(i). In such event, the remaining cash amounts credited to the Participant’s account shall be distributed to the Participant as soon as practicable after the termination date of the Purchase Period. In order to be effective, this notice must be provided to the Participating Employer by the date during the Purchase Period specified by the Senior Vice President, Human Resources.

 

(b)         Withdrawal. A Participant may, preceding the termination date of a Purchase Period, withdraw all payroll deductions then credited to his or her account by giving written notice to his or her Participating Employer. Upon receipt of such notice of withdrawal, all payroll deductions credited to the Participant’s account will be paid to him or her and no further payroll deductions will be made for such Participant during that Purchase Period. In such case, no option shall be granted the Participant under that Purchase Period. Partial withdrawals of payroll deductions may not be made. In order to be effective, this notice must be provided to the Participating Employer by the date during the Purchase Period specified by the Senior Vice President, Human Resources.

 

5

 



(c)         Termination Of Employment. If a Participant’s employment shall be terminated for reasons other than Retirement or Disability prior to the termination date of any Purchase Period in which he or she is participating, no option shall be granted to such Participant under the Plan and the payroll deductions credited to his or her account shall be returned to him or her.

 

(d)         Retirement Or Disability. If the Participant terminates employment prior to the last day of a Purchase Period in which he is participating as a result of Retirement or Disability, the grant date for his or her option as well as the termination date of such Purchase Period solely with respect to such Participant shall be considered for all purposes of this Plan as being the last day of the Purchase Period in which such Participant’s employment is terminated; provided, however, during the initial Purchase Period of this Plan, such date shall be considered for all purposes of this Plan as being the last day of the month in which such Participant’s employment is terminated. In such event, the Participant shall remain a Participant hereunder until the termination date of the Purchase Period as applicable to him or her, the Participant shall be entitled to exercise his or her option as of such date in accordance with the provisions of this Plan, and any shares of stock acquired by the Participant pursuant to exercise of his or her option shall not be subject to the restrictions on transfer as otherwise provided for under Paragraph 8(d) hereof. If such Participant dies prior to the termination date of the Purchase Period as applicable to him or her, the provisions of Paragraph 9(e)(i) hereof shall apply.

 

(e)         Death.

 

(i)         If the Participant dies before the termination date of any Purchase Period of the Plan in which he or she is participating, the payroll deductions credited to the Participant’s account shall be paid to the Participant’s beneficiary pursuant to Paragraph 14 below. If the Participant elects not to exercise his or her option pursuant to Paragraph 9(a) and the Participant dies before the cash amounts credited to his or her account have been distributed to him or her, such amounts shall be paid to the Participant’s beneficiary pursuant to Paragraph 14 below.

 

(ii)        In the event a Participant dies after exercise of his or her option, but prior to the delivery to him or her of the common stock and cash, if any, to be transferred pursuant to the exercise, any such stock and cash shall be delivered by the Company to the Participant’s beneficiary pursuant to Paragraph 14 (or, if permitted pursuant to Paragraph 10(d), the joint tenant named thereunder), or, if none, the executor or administrator of the estate of the Participant. In the event no such executor or administrator has been appointed as of the date for delivery, the stock shall be held by the Company until it receives written notification from the estate of such appointment and shall then be payable to the representative of the estate.

 

10.         Stock Reserved For Options.

 

(a)        Twenty-five million (25,000,000) shares of common stock of the Company, ten cents ($.10) par value per share (or the number and kind of securities to which such shares may be adjusted in accordance with Paragraph 12), are reserved for issuance upon the exercise of options granted under the Plan. Shares subject to the unexercised portion of any lapsed or expired option may again be subject to option under the Plan.

 

(b)        If, as of the beginning of a Purchase Period, the total number of shares of common stock for which options are to be granted for the Purchase Period exceeds the number of shares then remaining available under the Plan (after deduction of all shares for which options have been exercised or are then outstanding) and if the Committee does not elect to cancel such Purchase Period pursuant to Paragraph 4, the Committee shall make a pro rata allocation of the shares remaining available in as nearly a uniform and equitable manner as practicable. In such event, the payroll deductions to be made pursuant to the Plan that would otherwise become effective on such commencement date shall be reduced accordingly. The Committee shall give written notice of such reduction to each Participant affected.

 

6

 



(c)        The Participant (or, if permitted pursuant to Paragraph 10(d) hereof, the joint tenant named thereunder) shall have no rights as a shareholder with respect to any shares subject to the Participant’s option until the date of issuance of such shares to such Participant. No adjustment shall be made for dividends (ordinary or extraordinary, whether in cash, securities or other property), distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the issuance date of such stock, except as otherwise provided pursuant to Paragraph 12.

 

(d)        The shares of common stock to be delivered to a Participant pursuant to the exercise of an option under the Plan will be registered in the name of the Participant or, if the Committee permits and the Participant so directs by written notice to the Committee prior to the termination date of that Purchase Period of the Plan, in the names of the Participant and one other person as joint tenants with rights of survivorship, to the extent permitted by law. Any shares of stock so registered in the names of the Participant and his or her joint tenant shall be subject to any applicable restrictions on the right to transfer such shares during such Participant’s lifetime as otherwise provided in Paragraph 8 hereof.

 

11.        Accounting And Use Of Funds. Payroll deductions for each Participant shall be credited to an account established under the Plan. A Participant may not make any separate cash payments into such account. Such account shall be solely for bookkeeping purposes and no separate fund or trust shall be established hereunder. All funds from payroll deductions received or held by the Participating Employers under the Plan may be used, without limitation, for any corporate purpose by the Participating Employers who shall not be obligated to segregate such funds. Such accounts shall not bear interest.

 

12.        Adjustment Provision. Subject to any required action by the shareholders of the Company, in the event that the issued and outstanding shares of common stock of the Company are changed into or exchanged for a different number or kind of shares or securities of the Company or of another issuer, or if additional shares or new or different securities are distributed with respect to the outstanding shares of the common stock of the Company, through a reorganization or merger to which the Company is a party, or through a combination, consolidation, recapitalization, reclassification, stock split, stock dividend, reverse stock split, stock consolidation or other capital change or adjustment, effected without receipt of consideration by the Company, the number of shares of stock subject to each outstanding option and the number of shares remaining reserved for grant and not yet subject to option and the price per share thereof shall be automatically equitably adjusted to reflect such change.

 

In the event of a Corporate Transaction, the Board of Directors may either: (i) amend or adjust the provisions of this Plan to provide for the acceleration of the current Purchase Period and the exercise of options thereunder; or (ii) continue the Plan with respect to completion of the then current Purchase Period and the exercise of options thereunder. In the event of such continuance, Participants shall have the right to exercise their options as to an equivalent number of shares of stock of the corporation succeeding the Company by reason of such sale, merger, consolidation, liquidation or other event, as provided pursuant to Section 424(a) of the Internal Revenue Code, or any successor provision. The grant of an option pursuant to the Plan shall not limit in any way the right or power of the Company or Board of Directors to make adjustments, reclassifications, reorganizations or changes in the Company’s capital or business structure or to merge, consolidate, dissolve, liquidate, sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.

 

13.        Non-Transferability Of Options. Options granted under any Purchase Period of the Plan shall not be transferable and shall be exercisable only by the optionee.

 

Neither payroll deductions credited to a Participant’s account, nor any rights with regard to the exercise of an option or the receipt of common stock under any Purchase Period of the Plan may be assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise disposed of in any way by the Participant. Any such attempted assignment, transfer, pledge or other disposition shall be null and void and without effect, except that a Participating Employer may, at its option, treat such act as an election to withdraw funds in accordance with Paragraph 9(b).

 

14.        Designation Of Beneficiary. A Participant may file a written designation of a beneficiary who is to receive any cash or stock payable pursuant to Paragraph 9(e) hereof. The beneficiary designation may be changed by the Participant at any time by written notice to the Participating Employer.

 

7

 



Upon the death of a Participant and receipt by the Participating Employer of proof deemed adequate by it of the identity and existence at the Participant’s death of a beneficiary validly designated under the Plan, the Participating Employer shall deliver such cash or stock to such beneficiary. In the event there is no validly designated beneficiary under the Plan who is living at the time of the Participant’s death, the Participating Employer shall deliver the cash or stock to the executor or administrator of the estate of the Participant, or if no such executor or administrator has been appointed to the knowledge of the Participating Employer, it may, in its discretion, deliver such cash or stock to the spouse or to any one or more dependents or relatives of the Participant, or if no spouse, dependent or relative is known to the Participating Employer, then to such other person as the Participating Employer may designate. The Participating Employer will not be responsible for or be required to give effect to the disposition of any cash or stock in accordance with any will or other testamentary disposition made by such Participant or in accordance with the provisions of any law concerning intestacy, or otherwise. No designated beneficiary shall, prior to the death of a Participant by whom he has been designated, acquire any interest in any stock or in any option or in the cash credited to the Participant under any Purchase Period of the Plan.

 

15.        Amendment and Termination. The Plan may be terminated at any time by the Board of Directors provided that, except as permitted pursuant to Paragraph 12, no such termination will take effect with respect to any completed Purchase Period. Also, the Board may, from time to time, amend the Plan as it may deem proper and in the best interests of the Company or as may be necessary to comply with Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code or other applicable laws or regulations, provided that no such amendment shall, without prior approval of the stockholders of the Company: (a) increase the total number of shares for which options may be granted under the Plan (except as provided in Paragraph 12); (b) permit payroll deductions at a rate in excess of ten percent (10%) of a Participant’s compensation or such other permissible maximum contribution established by the Committee or Senior Vice President, Human Resources; (c) impair any outstanding option without the consent of the optionee (except as provided in Paragraph 12); (d) change the Employees or class of Employees eligible to participate under the Plan; or (e) materially increase the benefits accruing to Participants under the Plan.

 

16.        Notices. All notices or other communications in connection with the Plan or any Purchase Period thereof shall be in the form specified by the Committee and shall be deemed to have been duly given when sent to the Participant at his or her last known address, or the Participant’s designated personal representative or beneficiary, or to the Participating Employer or its designated representative, as the case may be.

 

17.        Alteration of Plan Terms to Comply with Foreign Law; Establishment of Non-Statutory Plans. The Senior Vice President, Human Resources of the Company shall have the authority to alter the operation of the Plan to the extent necessary to achieve desired tax or other objectives in particular locations outside the United States of America or to comply with local laws applicable to offerings in such foreign jurisdictions, including, without limitation: (i) authorizing alternative payment methods in the case of foreign jurisdictions where payroll deductions are not allowed; and (ii) imposing lower limitations on the shares available for option grants during any Purchase Period in the case of foreign jurisdictions where lower limitations are required. To the extent that such alterations may be made in a manner that does not result in the Plan’s failure to comply with Code Section 423, the options subject to such alterations shall for all purposes be considered to be options granted under the Plan. To the extent that such alterations would result in the Plan’s failure to comply with Code Section 423, the options subject to such alterations shall be considered to be options granted under one or more non-statutory stock option plans. To the extent that the employing entity in a foreign jurisdiction does not constitute a Subsidiary, options granted to such employees shall be considered to be options granted under one or more non-statutory option plans. In all such cases, the terms of such non-statutory stock option plan or plans shall have the same terms as the Plan except for such alterations. In all cases, the total number of shares authorized to be issued under the Plan shall apply in the aggregate to the Plan and any such non-statutory stock option plans.

 



8

 



Exhibit   12.1

 

MEDTRONIC,   INC. COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES

 

The ratio of earnings to fixed charges for the six months ended October 30, 2009 was computed based on Medtronic’s current quarterly report on Form 10-Q. The ratio of earnings to fixed charges for the fiscal years ended April 24, 2009, April 25, 2008, April 27, 2007, April 28, 2006, and April 29, 2005 was computed based on Medtronic’s historical consolidated financial information.

 

 

 

Six months ended
October 30,
2009  

 

Year ended
April 24,
2009  

 

Year ended
April 25,
2008  

 

Year ended
April   27,
2007  

 

Year ended
April   28,
2006  

 

Year ended
April   29,
2005  

 

Earnings:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net earnings

 

$

868

 

$

2,070

 

$

2,138

 

$

2,703

 

$

2,519

 

$

1,797

 

Income taxes

 

 

242

 

 

370

 

 

602

 

 

658

 

 

598

 

 

736

 

Minority interest (loss)/income

 

 

4

 

 

1

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

(1

)

Capitalized interest (1)

 

 

(3

)

 

(5

)

 

(10

)

 

(3

)

 

(3

)

 

(1

)

 

 

$

1,111

 

$

2,436

 

$

2,730

 

$

3,358

 

$

3,114

 

$

2,531

 

Fixed Charges:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense (2)

 

$

198

 

$

371

 

$

400

 

$

383

 

$

162

 

$

66

 

Capitalized interest (1)

 

 

3

 

 

5

 

 

10

 

 

3

 

 

3

 

 

1

 

Amortization of debt issuance costs (3)

 

 

5

 

 

15

 

 

15

 

 

17

 

 

7

 

 

1

 

Rent interest factor (4)

 

 

32

 

 

45

 

 

41

 

 

34

 

 

26

 

 

24

 

 

 

$

238

 

$

436

 

$

466

 

$

437

 

$

198

 

$

92

 

Earnings before income taxes and fixed charges

 

$

1,349

 

$

2,872

 

$

3,196

 

$

3,795

 

$

3,312

 

$

2,623

 

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges

 

 

6

 

 

7

 

 

7

 

 

9

 

 

17

 

 

29

 

 

(1) Capitalized interest relates to construction projects in process.

(2) Interest expense consists of interest on indebtedness.

(3) Represents the amortization of debt issuance costs incurred in connection with the Company's registered debt securities. See Note 9 to the condensed consolidated financial statements for further information regarding the debt securities.

(4) Approximately one-third of rental expense is deemed representative of the interest factor.

 

 









Exhibit 31.1

Certification of Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to Section   302 of the

Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

I, William A. Hawkins, certify that:

 

 

1.

I have reviewed this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Medtronic, Inc.;

 

 

2.

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

 

3.

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

 

4.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

 

a.

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

 

b.

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

 

c.

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

 

d.

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

 

5.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

 

a.

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

 

b.

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

 

Date:   December 9, 2009

/s/ William A. Hawkins

 

William A. Hawkins

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 




Exhibit 31.2

Certification of Chief Financial Officer

Pursuant to Section   302 of the

Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

I, Gary L. Ellis, certify that:

 

 

1.

I have reviewed this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Medtronic, Inc.;

 

 

2.

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

 

3.

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

 

4.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

 

a.

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

 

b.

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

 

c.

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

 

d.

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

 

5.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

 

a.

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

 

b.

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 


Date:   December 9, 2009

/s/ Gary L. Ellis

 

Gary L. Ellis
Senior Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 




Exhibit 32.1

Certification of Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to Section   906 of the

Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

In connection with this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Medtronic, Inc. for the quarter ended October 30, 2009, the undersigned hereby certifies, in his capacity as Chief Executive Officer of Medtronic, Inc., for purposes of 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

 

(1)

The report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

 

(2)

The information contained in this report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of Medtronic, Inc.

 

 

Date:    December 9, 2009

/s/ William A. Hawkins

 

William A. Hawkins

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 












Exhibit 32.2

Certification of Chief Financial Officer

Pursuant to Section   906 of the

Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

In connection with this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Medtronic, Inc. for the quarter ended October 30, 2009, the undersigned hereby certifies, in his capacity as Chief Financial Officer of Medtronic, Inc., for purposes of 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

 

 

(1)

The report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

 

 

(2)

The information contained in this report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of Medtronic, Inc.

 

 

Date:  December 9, 2009

/s/ Gary L. Ellis

 

Gary L. Ellis
Senior Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer